xref: /freebsd-11-stable/sys/cddl/contrib/opensolaris/uts/common/fs/zfs/spa.c (revision 6e64e799e3ba4b0ebc4c8bcf83a290716bf6cfd1)
1 /*
2  * CDDL HEADER START
3  *
4  * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5  * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6  * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
7  *
8  * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9  * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
10  * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11  * and limitations under the License.
12  *
13  * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14  * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15  * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16  * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17  * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
18  *
19  * CDDL HEADER END
20  */
21 
22 /*
23  * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24  * Copyright (c) 2011, 2018 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
25  * Copyright (c) 2015, Nexenta Systems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
26  * Copyright (c) 2013 Martin Matuska <mm@FreeBSD.org>. All rights reserved.
27  * Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
28  * Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
29  * Copyright (c) 2014 Integros [integros.com]
30  * Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
31  * Copyright 2018 Joyent, Inc.
32  * Copyright (c) 2017 Datto Inc.
33  * Copyright 2018 OmniOS Community Edition (OmniOSce) Association.
34  */
35 
36 /*
37  * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator
38  *
39  * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state.
40  * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a
41  * pool.
42  */
43 
44 #include <sys/zfs_context.h>
45 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h>
46 #include <sys/spa_impl.h>
47 #include <sys/zio.h>
48 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h>
49 #include <sys/dmu.h>
50 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
51 #include <sys/zap.h>
52 #include <sys/zil.h>
53 #include <sys/ddt.h>
54 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h>
55 #include <sys/vdev_removal.h>
56 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_mapping.h>
57 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_births.h>
58 #include <sys/vdev_initialize.h>
59 #include <sys/metaslab.h>
60 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h>
61 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h>
62 #include <sys/txg.h>
63 #include <sys/avl.h>
64 #include <sys/bpobj.h>
65 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h>
66 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
67 #include <sys/unique.h>
68 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h>
69 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
70 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
71 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h>
72 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h>
73 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h>
74 #include <sys/arc.h>
75 #include <sys/callb.h>
76 #include <sys/spa_boot.h>
77 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h>
78 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h>
79 #include <sys/dmu_send.h>
80 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h>
81 #include <sys/dsl_userhold.h>
82 #include <sys/zfeature.h>
83 #include <sys/zvol.h>
84 #include <sys/trim_map.h>
85 #include <sys/abd.h>
86 
87 #ifdef	_KERNEL
88 #include <sys/callb.h>
89 #include <sys/cpupart.h>
90 #include <sys/zone.h>
91 #endif	/* _KERNEL */
92 
93 #include "zfs_prop.h"
94 #include "zfs_comutil.h"
95 
96 /* Check hostid on import? */
97 static int check_hostid = 1;
98 
99 /*
100  * The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes
101  * should be retried.
102  */
103 int zfs_ccw_retry_interval = 300;
104 
105 SYSCTL_DECL(_vfs_zfs);
106 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, check_hostid, CTLFLAG_RWTUN, &check_hostid, 0,
107     "Check hostid on import?");
108 TUNABLE_INT("vfs.zfs.ccw_retry_interval", &zfs_ccw_retry_interval);
109 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, ccw_retry_interval, CTLFLAG_RW,
110     &zfs_ccw_retry_interval, 0,
111     "Configuration cache file write, retry after failure, interval (seconds)");
112 
113 typedef enum zti_modes {
114 	ZTI_MODE_FIXED,			/* value is # of threads (min 1) */
115 	ZTI_MODE_BATCH,			/* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */
116 	ZTI_MODE_NULL,			/* don't create a taskq */
117 	ZTI_NMODES
118 } zti_modes_t;
119 
120 #define	ZTI_P(n, q)	{ ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) }
121 #define	ZTI_BATCH	{ ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 }
122 #define	ZTI_NULL	{ ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 }
123 
124 #define	ZTI_N(n)	ZTI_P(n, 1)
125 #define	ZTI_ONE		ZTI_N(1)
126 
127 typedef struct zio_taskq_info {
128 	zti_modes_t zti_mode;
129 	uint_t zti_value;
130 	uint_t zti_count;
131 } zio_taskq_info_t;
132 
133 static const char *const zio_taskq_types[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
134 	"issue", "issue_high", "intr", "intr_high"
135 };
136 
137 /*
138  * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When
139  * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized
140  * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static
141  * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE
142  * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH
143  * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations
144  * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a a
145  * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an
146  * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per-
147  * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the
148  * particular taskq is chosen at random.
149  *
150  * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue
151  * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that
152  * need to be handled with minimum delay.
153  */
154 const zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs[ZIO_TYPES][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
155 	/* ISSUE	ISSUE_HIGH	INTR		INTR_HIGH */
156 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* NULL */
157 	{ ZTI_N(8),	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_P(12, 8),	ZTI_NULL }, /* READ */
158 	{ ZTI_BATCH,	ZTI_N(5),	ZTI_P(12, 8),	ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */
159 	{ ZTI_P(12, 8),	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* FREE */
160 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* CLAIM */
161 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* IOCTL */
162 };
163 
164 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
165 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
166 static boolean_t spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa);
167 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport);
168 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa);
169 
170 uint_t		zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75;	/* 1 thread per cpu in pset */
171 #ifdef PSRSET_BIND
172 id_t		zio_taskq_psrset_bind = PS_NONE;
173 #endif
174 #ifdef SYSDC
175 boolean_t	zio_taskq_sysdc = B_TRUE;	/* use SDC scheduling class */
176 uint_t		zio_taskq_basedc = 80;		/* base duty cycle */
177 #endif
178 
179 boolean_t	spa_create_process = B_TRUE;	/* no process ==> no sysdc */
180 extern int	zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free;
181 
182 /*
183  * Report any spa_load_verify errors found, but do not fail spa_load.
184  * This is used by zdb to analyze non-idle pools.
185  */
186 boolean_t	spa_load_verify_dryrun = B_FALSE;
187 
188 /*
189  * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order
190  * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices.
191  */
192 #define	TRYIMPORT_NAME	"$import"
193 
194 /*
195  * For debugging purposes: print out vdev tree during pool import.
196  */
197 int	spa_load_print_vdev_tree = B_FALSE;
198 
199 /*
200  * A non-zero value for zfs_max_missing_tvds means that we allow importing
201  * pools with missing top-level vdevs. This is strictly intended for advanced
202  * pool recovery cases since missing data is almost inevitable. Pools with
203  * missing devices can only be imported read-only for safety reasons, and their
204  * fail-mode will be automatically set to "continue".
205  *
206  * With 1 missing vdev we should be able to import the pool and mount all
207  * datasets. User data that was not modified after the missing device has been
208  * added should be recoverable. This means that snapshots created prior to the
209  * addition of that device should be completely intact.
210  *
211  * With 2 missing vdevs, some datasets may fail to mount since there are
212  * dataset statistics that are stored as regular metadata. Some data might be
213  * recoverable if those vdevs were added recently.
214  *
215  * With 3 or more missing vdevs, the pool is severely damaged and MOS entries
216  * may be missing entirely. Chances of data recovery are very low. Note that
217  * there are also risks of performing an inadvertent rewind as we might be
218  * missing all the vdevs with the latest uberblocks.
219  */
220 uint64_t	zfs_max_missing_tvds = 0;
221 
222 /*
223  * The parameters below are similar to zfs_max_missing_tvds but are only
224  * intended for a preliminary open of the pool with an untrusted config which
225  * might be incomplete or out-dated.
226  *
227  * We are more tolerant for pools opened from a cachefile since we could have
228  * an out-dated cachefile where a device removal was not registered.
229  * We could have set the limit arbitrarily high but in the case where devices
230  * are really missing we would want to return the proper error codes; we chose
231  * SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1 so that some copies of the MOS would still be available
232  * and we get a chance to retrieve the trusted config.
233  */
234 uint64_t	zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1;
235 
236 /*
237  * In the case where config was assembled by scanning device paths (/dev/dsks
238  * by default) we are less tolerant since all the existing devices should have
239  * been detected and we want spa_load to return the right error codes.
240  */
241 uint64_t	zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan = 0;
242 
243 
244 SYSCTL_DECL(_vfs_zfs_zio);
245 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs_zio, OID_AUTO, taskq_batch_pct, CTLFLAG_RDTUN,
246     &zio_taskq_batch_pct, 0,
247     "Percentage of CPUs to run an IO worker thread");
248 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_print_vdev_tree, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
249     &spa_load_print_vdev_tree, 0,
250     "print out vdev tree during pool import");
251 SYSCTL_UQUAD(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, max_missing_tvds, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
252     &zfs_max_missing_tvds, 0,
253     "allow importing pools with missing top-level vdevs");
254 SYSCTL_UQUAD(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, max_missing_tvds_cachefile, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
255     &zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile, 0,
256     "allow importing pools with missing top-level vdevs in cache file");
257 SYSCTL_UQUAD(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, max_missing_tvds_scan, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
258     &zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan, 0,
259     "allow importing pools with missing top-level vdevs during scan");
260 
261 /*
262  * Debugging aid that pauses spa_sync() towards the end.
263  */
264 boolean_t	zfs_pause_spa_sync = B_FALSE;
265 
266 /*
267  * ==========================================================================
268  * SPA properties routines
269  * ==========================================================================
270  */
271 
272 /*
273  * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist.
274  */
275 static void
spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t * nvl,zpool_prop_t prop,char * strval,uint64_t intval,zprop_source_t src)276 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t *nvl, zpool_prop_t prop, char *strval,
277     uint64_t intval, zprop_source_t src)
278 {
279 	const char *propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
280 	nvlist_t *propval;
281 
282 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&propval, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
283 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_SOURCE, src) == 0);
284 
285 	if (strval != NULL)
286 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, strval) == 0);
287 	else
288 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, intval) == 0);
289 
290 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvl, propname, propval) == 0);
291 	nvlist_free(propval);
292 }
293 
294 /*
295  * Get property values from the spa configuration.
296  */
297 static void
spa_prop_get_config(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t ** nvp)298 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
299 {
300 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
301 	dsl_pool_t *pool = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
302 	uint64_t size, alloc, cap, version;
303 	zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_NONE;
304 	spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
305 	metaslab_class_t *mc = spa_normal_class(spa);
306 
307 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_props_lock));
308 
309 	if (rvd != NULL) {
310 		alloc = metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_normal_class(spa));
311 		size = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
312 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME, spa_name(spa), 0, src);
313 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE, NULL, size, src);
314 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED, NULL, alloc, src);
315 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE, NULL,
316 		    size - alloc, src);
317 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CHECKPOINT, NULL,
318 		    spa->spa_checkpoint_info.sci_dspace, src);
319 
320 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION, NULL,
321 		    metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc), src);
322 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ, NULL,
323 		    metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc), src);
324 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY, NULL,
325 		    (spa_mode(spa) == FREAD), src);
326 
327 		cap = (size == 0) ? 0 : (alloc * 100 / size);
328 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY, NULL, cap, src);
329 
330 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO, NULL,
331 		    ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa), src);
332 
333 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH, NULL,
334 		    rvd->vdev_state, src);
335 
336 		version = spa_version(spa);
337 		if (version == zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION))
338 			src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
339 		else
340 			src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
341 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION, NULL, version, src);
342 	}
343 
344 	if (pool != NULL) {
345 		/*
346 		 * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS,
347 		 * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL.
348 		 */
349 		if (pool->dp_free_dir != NULL) {
350 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING, NULL,
351 			    dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_free_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
352 			    src);
353 		} else {
354 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING,
355 			    NULL, 0, src);
356 		}
357 
358 		if (pool->dp_leak_dir != NULL) {
359 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED, NULL,
360 			    dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_leak_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
361 			    src);
362 		} else {
363 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED,
364 			    NULL, 0, src);
365 		}
366 	}
367 
368 	spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID, NULL, spa_guid(spa), src);
369 
370 	if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
371 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT, spa->spa_comment,
372 		    0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
373 	}
374 
375 	if (spa->spa_root != NULL)
376 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT, spa->spa_root,
377 		    0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
378 
379 	if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS)) {
380 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
381 		    MIN(zfs_max_recordsize, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE), ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
382 	} else {
383 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
384 		    SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
385 	}
386 
387 	if ((dp = list_head(&spa->spa_config_list)) != NULL) {
388 		if (dp->scd_path == NULL) {
389 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
390 			    "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
391 		} else if (strcmp(dp->scd_path, spa_config_path) != 0) {
392 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
393 			    dp->scd_path, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
394 		}
395 	}
396 }
397 
398 /*
399  * Get zpool property values.
400  */
401 int
spa_prop_get(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t ** nvp)402 spa_prop_get(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
403 {
404 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
405 	zap_cursor_t zc;
406 	zap_attribute_t za;
407 	int err;
408 
409 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(nvp, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
410 
411 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
412 
413 	/*
414 	 * Get properties from the spa config.
415 	 */
416 	spa_prop_get_config(spa, nvp);
417 
418 	/* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */
419 	if (mos == NULL || spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
420 		mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
421 		return (0);
422 	}
423 
424 	/*
425 	 * Get properties from the MOS pool property object.
426 	 */
427 	for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object);
428 	    (err = zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za)) == 0;
429 	    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
430 		uint64_t intval = 0;
431 		char *strval = NULL;
432 		zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
433 		zpool_prop_t prop;
434 
435 		if ((prop = zpool_name_to_prop(za.za_name)) == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL)
436 			continue;
437 
438 		switch (za.za_integer_length) {
439 		case 8:
440 			/* integer property */
441 			if (za.za_first_integer !=
442 			    zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop))
443 				src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
444 
445 			if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS) {
446 				dsl_pool_t *dp;
447 				dsl_dataset_t *ds = NULL;
448 
449 				dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
450 				dsl_pool_config_enter(dp, FTAG);
451 				err = dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp,
452 				    za.za_first_integer, FTAG, &ds);
453 				if (err != 0) {
454 					dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
455 					break;
456 				}
457 
458 				strval = kmem_alloc(ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN,
459 				    KM_SLEEP);
460 				dsl_dataset_name(ds, strval);
461 				dsl_dataset_rele(ds, FTAG);
462 				dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
463 			} else {
464 				strval = NULL;
465 				intval = za.za_first_integer;
466 			}
467 
468 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, intval, src);
469 
470 			if (strval != NULL)
471 				kmem_free(strval, ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN);
472 
473 			break;
474 
475 		case 1:
476 			/* string property */
477 			strval = kmem_alloc(za.za_num_integers, KM_SLEEP);
478 			err = zap_lookup(mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
479 			    za.za_name, 1, za.za_num_integers, strval);
480 			if (err) {
481 				kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
482 				break;
483 			}
484 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, 0, src);
485 			kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
486 			break;
487 
488 		default:
489 			break;
490 		}
491 	}
492 	zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
493 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
494 out:
495 	if (err && err != ENOENT) {
496 		nvlist_free(*nvp);
497 		*nvp = NULL;
498 		return (err);
499 	}
500 
501 	return (0);
502 }
503 
504 /*
505  * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list
506  * for the property values to be set.
507  */
508 static int
spa_prop_validate(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * props)509 spa_prop_validate(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *props)
510 {
511 	nvpair_t *elem;
512 	int error = 0, reset_bootfs = 0;
513 	uint64_t objnum = 0;
514 	boolean_t has_feature = B_FALSE;
515 
516 	elem = NULL;
517 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) != NULL) {
518 		uint64_t intval;
519 		char *strval, *slash, *check, *fname;
520 		const char *propname = nvpair_name(elem);
521 		zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(propname);
522 
523 		switch (prop) {
524 		case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL:
525 			if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname)) {
526 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
527 				break;
528 			}
529 
530 			/*
531 			 * Sanitize the input.
532 			 */
533 			if (nvpair_type(elem) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
534 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
535 				break;
536 			}
537 
538 			if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval) != 0) {
539 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
540 				break;
541 			}
542 
543 			if (intval != 0) {
544 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
545 				break;
546 			}
547 
548 			fname = strchr(propname, '@') + 1;
549 			if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname, NULL) != 0) {
550 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
551 				break;
552 			}
553 
554 			has_feature = B_TRUE;
555 			break;
556 
557 		case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
558 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
559 			if (!error &&
560 			    (intval < spa_version(spa) ||
561 			    intval > SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES ||
562 			    has_feature))
563 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
564 			break;
565 
566 		case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
567 		case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE:
568 		case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS:
569 		case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
570 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
571 			if (!error && intval > 1)
572 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
573 			break;
574 
575 		case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
576 			/*
577 			 * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS,
578 			 * or the pool is still being created (version == 0),
579 			 * the bootfs property cannot be set.
580 			 */
581 			if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS) {
582 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
583 				break;
584 			}
585 
586 			/*
587 			 * Make sure the vdev config is bootable
588 			 */
589 			if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa->spa_root_vdev)) {
590 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
591 				break;
592 			}
593 
594 			reset_bootfs = 1;
595 
596 			error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval);
597 
598 			if (!error) {
599 				objset_t *os;
600 				uint64_t propval;
601 
602 				if (strval == NULL || strval[0] == '\0') {
603 					objnum = zpool_prop_default_numeric(
604 					    ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
605 					break;
606 				}
607 
608 				error = dmu_objset_hold(strval, FTAG, &os);
609 				if (error != 0)
610 					break;
611 
612 				/*
613 				 * Must be ZPL, and its property settings
614 				 * must be supported by GRUB (compression
615 				 * is not gzip, and large blocks are not used).
616 				 */
617 
618 				if (dmu_objset_type(os) != DMU_OST_ZFS) {
619 					error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
620 				} else if ((error =
621 				    dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os),
622 				    zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_COMPRESSION),
623 				    &propval)) == 0 &&
624 				    !BOOTFS_COMPRESS_VALID(propval)) {
625 					error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
626 				} else {
627 					objnum = dmu_objset_id(os);
628 				}
629 				dmu_objset_rele(os, FTAG);
630 			}
631 			break;
632 
633 		case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
634 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
635 			if (!error && (intval < ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_WAIT ||
636 			    intval > ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC))
637 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
638 
639 			/*
640 			 * This is a special case which only occurs when
641 			 * the pool has completely failed. This allows
642 			 * the user to change the in-core failmode property
643 			 * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might
644 			 * currently be blocked). We do this by returning
645 			 * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it
646 			 * into thinking we encountered a property validation
647 			 * error.
648 			 */
649 			if (!error && spa_suspended(spa)) {
650 				spa->spa_failmode = intval;
651 				error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
652 			}
653 			break;
654 
655 		case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
656 			if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
657 				break;
658 
659 			if (strval[0] == '\0')
660 				break;
661 
662 			if (strcmp(strval, "none") == 0)
663 				break;
664 
665 			if (strval[0] != '/') {
666 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
667 				break;
668 			}
669 
670 			slash = strrchr(strval, '/');
671 			ASSERT(slash != NULL);
672 
673 			if (slash[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash, "/.") == 0 ||
674 			    strcmp(slash, "/..") == 0)
675 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
676 			break;
677 
678 		case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
679 			if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
680 				break;
681 			for (check = strval; *check != '\0'; check++) {
682 				/*
683 				 * The kernel doesn't have an easy isprint()
684 				 * check.  For this kernel check, we merely
685 				 * check ASCII apart from DEL.  Fix this if
686 				 * there is an easy-to-use kernel isprint().
687 				 */
688 				if (*check >= 0x7f) {
689 					error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
690 					break;
691 				}
692 			}
693 			if (strlen(strval) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT)
694 				error = E2BIG;
695 			break;
696 
697 		case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO:
698 			if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_DEDUP)
699 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
700 			else
701 				error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
702 			if (error == 0 &&
703 			    intval != 0 && intval < ZIO_DEDUPDITTO_MIN)
704 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
705 			break;
706 		}
707 
708 		if (error)
709 			break;
710 	}
711 
712 	if (!error && reset_bootfs) {
713 		error = nvlist_remove(props,
714 		    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), DATA_TYPE_STRING);
715 
716 		if (!error) {
717 			error = nvlist_add_uint64(props,
718 			    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), objnum);
719 		}
720 	}
721 
722 	return (error);
723 }
724 
725 void
spa_configfile_set(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvp,boolean_t need_sync)726 spa_configfile_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp, boolean_t need_sync)
727 {
728 	char *cachefile;
729 	spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
730 
731 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE),
732 	    &cachefile) != 0)
733 		return;
734 
735 	dp = kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t),
736 	    KM_SLEEP);
737 
738 	if (cachefile[0] == '\0')
739 		dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(spa_config_path);
740 	else if (strcmp(cachefile, "none") == 0)
741 		dp->scd_path = NULL;
742 	else
743 		dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(cachefile);
744 
745 	list_insert_head(&spa->spa_config_list, dp);
746 	if (need_sync)
747 		spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
748 }
749 
750 int
spa_prop_set(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvp)751 spa_prop_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp)
752 {
753 	int error;
754 	nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
755 	boolean_t need_sync = B_FALSE;
756 
757 	if ((error = spa_prop_validate(spa, nvp)) != 0)
758 		return (error);
759 
760 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem)) != NULL) {
761 		zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem));
762 
763 		if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE ||
764 		    prop == ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT ||
765 		    prop == ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY)
766 			continue;
767 
768 		if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION || prop == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL) {
769 			uint64_t ver;
770 
771 			if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION) {
772 				VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &ver) == 0);
773 			} else {
774 				ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
775 				ver = SPA_VERSION_FEATURES;
776 				need_sync = B_TRUE;
777 			}
778 
779 			/* Save time if the version is already set. */
780 			if (ver == spa_version(spa))
781 				continue;
782 
783 			/*
784 			 * In addition to the pool directory object, we might
785 			 * create the pool properties object, the features for
786 			 * read object, the features for write object, or the
787 			 * feature descriptions object.
788 			 */
789 			error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL,
790 			    spa_sync_version, &ver,
791 			    6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
792 			if (error)
793 				return (error);
794 			continue;
795 		}
796 
797 		need_sync = B_TRUE;
798 		break;
799 	}
800 
801 	if (need_sync) {
802 		return (dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL, spa_sync_props,
803 		    nvp, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED));
804 	}
805 
806 	return (0);
807 }
808 
809 /*
810  * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it.
811  */
812 void
spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t * spa,uint64_t dsobj,dmu_tx_t * tx)813 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t *spa, uint64_t dsobj, dmu_tx_t *tx)
814 {
815 	if (spa->spa_bootfs == dsobj && spa->spa_pool_props_object != 0) {
816 		VERIFY(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset,
817 		    spa->spa_pool_props_object,
818 		    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), tx) == 0);
819 		spa->spa_bootfs = 0;
820 	}
821 }
822 
823 /*ARGSUSED*/
824 static int
spa_change_guid_check(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)825 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
826 {
827 	uint64_t *newguid = arg;
828 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
829 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
830 	uint64_t vdev_state;
831 
832 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
833 		int error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
834 		    ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
835 		return (SET_ERROR(error));
836 	}
837 
838 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
839 	vdev_state = rvd->vdev_state;
840 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
841 
842 	if (vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY)
843 		return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
844 
845 	ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa), !=, *newguid);
846 
847 	return (0);
848 }
849 
850 static void
spa_change_guid_sync(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)851 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
852 {
853 	uint64_t *newguid = arg;
854 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
855 	uint64_t oldguid;
856 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
857 
858 	oldguid = spa_guid(spa);
859 
860 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
861 	rvd->vdev_guid = *newguid;
862 	rvd->vdev_guid_sum += (*newguid - oldguid);
863 	vdev_config_dirty(rvd);
864 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
865 
866 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "guid change", tx, "old=%llu new=%llu",
867 	    oldguid, *newguid);
868 }
869 
870 /*
871  * Change the GUID for the pool.  This is done so that we can later
872  * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs.  We will modify
873  * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our
874  * vdevs dirty.  Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are
875  * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present
876  * would be orphaned from our pool.  We are also going to issue a
877  * sysevent to update any watchers.
878  */
879 int
spa_change_guid(spa_t * spa)880 spa_change_guid(spa_t *spa)
881 {
882 	int error;
883 	uint64_t guid;
884 
885 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
886 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
887 	guid = spa_generate_guid(NULL);
888 
889 	error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, spa_change_guid_check,
890 	    spa_change_guid_sync, &guid, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
891 
892 	if (error == 0) {
893 		spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
894 		spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID);
895 	}
896 
897 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
898 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
899 
900 	return (error);
901 }
902 
903 /*
904  * ==========================================================================
905  * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export)
906  * ==========================================================================
907  */
908 
909 static int
spa_error_entry_compare(const void * a,const void * b)910 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
911 {
912 	const spa_error_entry_t *sa = (const spa_error_entry_t *)a;
913 	const spa_error_entry_t *sb = (const spa_error_entry_t *)b;
914 	int ret;
915 
916 	ret = memcmp(&sa->se_bookmark, &sb->se_bookmark,
917 	    sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t));
918 
919 	return (AVL_ISIGN(ret));
920 }
921 
922 /*
923  * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and
924  * re-initializes them in the process.
925  */
926 void
spa_get_errlists(spa_t * spa,avl_tree_t * last,avl_tree_t * scrub)927 spa_get_errlists(spa_t *spa, avl_tree_t *last, avl_tree_t *scrub)
928 {
929 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_errlist_lock));
930 
931 	bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_last, last, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
932 	bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub, scrub, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
933 
934 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
935 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
936 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
937 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
938 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
939 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
940 }
941 
942 static void
spa_taskqs_init(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q)943 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
944 {
945 	const zio_taskq_info_t *ztip = &zio_taskqs[t][q];
946 	enum zti_modes mode = ztip->zti_mode;
947 	uint_t value = ztip->zti_value;
948 	uint_t count = ztip->zti_count;
949 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
950 	char name[32];
951 	uint_t flags = 0;
952 	boolean_t batch = B_FALSE;
953 
954 	if (mode == ZTI_MODE_NULL) {
955 		tqs->stqs_count = 0;
956 		tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
957 		return;
958 	}
959 
960 	ASSERT3U(count, >, 0);
961 
962 	tqs->stqs_count = count;
963 	tqs->stqs_taskq = kmem_alloc(count * sizeof (taskq_t *), KM_SLEEP);
964 
965 	switch (mode) {
966 	case ZTI_MODE_FIXED:
967 		ASSERT3U(value, >=, 1);
968 		value = MAX(value, 1);
969 		break;
970 
971 	case ZTI_MODE_BATCH:
972 		batch = B_TRUE;
973 		flags |= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT;
974 		value = zio_taskq_batch_pct;
975 		break;
976 
977 	default:
978 		panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in "
979 		    "spa_activate()",
980 		    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], mode, value);
981 		break;
982 	}
983 
984 	for (uint_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
985 		taskq_t *tq;
986 
987 		if (count > 1) {
988 			(void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s_%u",
989 			    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], i);
990 		} else {
991 			(void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s",
992 			    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q]);
993 		}
994 
995 #ifdef SYSDC
996 		if (zio_taskq_sysdc && spa->spa_proc != &p0) {
997 			if (batch)
998 				flags |= TASKQ_DC_BATCH;
999 
1000 			tq = taskq_create_sysdc(name, value, 50, INT_MAX,
1001 			    spa->spa_proc, zio_taskq_basedc, flags);
1002 		} else {
1003 #endif
1004 			pri_t pri = maxclsyspri;
1005 			/*
1006 			 * The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU
1007 			 * intensive.  Run it at slightly lower priority
1008 			 * than the other taskqs.
1009 			 * FreeBSD notes:
1010 			 * - numerically higher priorities are lower priorities;
1011 			 * - if priorities divided by four (RQ_PPQ) are equal
1012 			 *   then a difference between them is insignificant.
1013 			 */
1014 			if (t == ZIO_TYPE_WRITE && q == ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE)
1015 #ifdef illumos
1016 				pri--;
1017 #else
1018 				pri += 4;
1019 #endif
1020 
1021 			tq = taskq_create_proc(name, value, pri, 50,
1022 			    INT_MAX, spa->spa_proc, flags);
1023 #ifdef SYSDC
1024 		}
1025 #endif
1026 
1027 		tqs->stqs_taskq[i] = tq;
1028 	}
1029 }
1030 
1031 static void
spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q)1032 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
1033 {
1034 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
1035 
1036 	if (tqs->stqs_taskq == NULL) {
1037 		ASSERT0(tqs->stqs_count);
1038 		return;
1039 	}
1040 
1041 	for (uint_t i = 0; i < tqs->stqs_count; i++) {
1042 		ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq[i], !=, NULL);
1043 		taskq_destroy(tqs->stqs_taskq[i]);
1044 	}
1045 
1046 	kmem_free(tqs->stqs_taskq, tqs->stqs_count * sizeof (taskq_t *));
1047 	tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
1048 }
1049 
1050 /*
1051  * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority.
1052  * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention
1053  * on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using
1054  * the low bits of gethrtime().
1055  */
1056 void
spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q,task_func_t * func,void * arg,uint_t flags,taskq_ent_t * ent)1057 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q,
1058     task_func_t *func, void *arg, uint_t flags, taskq_ent_t *ent)
1059 {
1060 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
1061 	taskq_t *tq;
1062 
1063 	ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq, !=, NULL);
1064 	ASSERT3U(tqs->stqs_count, !=, 0);
1065 
1066 	if (tqs->stqs_count == 1) {
1067 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[0];
1068 	} else {
1069 #ifdef _KERNEL
1070 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[(u_int)(sbinuptime() + curcpu) %
1071 		    tqs->stqs_count];
1072 #else
1073 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[gethrtime() % tqs->stqs_count];
1074 #endif
1075 	}
1076 
1077 	taskq_dispatch_ent(tq, func, arg, flags, ent);
1078 }
1079 
1080 static void
spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t * spa)1081 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t *spa)
1082 {
1083 	for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
1084 		for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
1085 			spa_taskqs_init(spa, t, q);
1086 		}
1087 	}
1088 }
1089 
1090 #ifdef _KERNEL
1091 #ifdef SPA_PROCESS
1092 static void
spa_thread(void * arg)1093 spa_thread(void *arg)
1094 {
1095 	callb_cpr_t cprinfo;
1096 
1097 	spa_t *spa = arg;
1098 	user_t *pu = PTOU(curproc);
1099 
1100 	CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock, callb_generic_cpr,
1101 	    spa->spa_name);
1102 
1103 	ASSERT(curproc != &p0);
1104 	(void) snprintf(pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_psargs),
1105 	    "zpool-%s", spa->spa_name);
1106 	(void) strlcpy(pu->u_comm, pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_comm));
1107 
1108 #ifdef PSRSET_BIND
1109 	/* bind this thread to the requested psrset */
1110 	if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind != PS_NONE) {
1111 		pool_lock();
1112 		mutex_enter(&cpu_lock);
1113 		mutex_enter(&pidlock);
1114 		mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
1115 
1116 		if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread, zio_taskq_psrset_bind,
1117 		    0, NULL, NULL) == 0)  {
1118 			curthread->t_bind_pset = zio_taskq_psrset_bind;
1119 		} else {
1120 			cmn_err(CE_WARN,
1121 			    "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to "
1122 			    "pset %d\n", spa->spa_name, zio_taskq_psrset_bind);
1123 		}
1124 
1125 		mutex_exit(&curproc->p_lock);
1126 		mutex_exit(&pidlock);
1127 		mutex_exit(&cpu_lock);
1128 		pool_unlock();
1129 	}
1130 #endif
1131 
1132 #ifdef SYSDC
1133 	if (zio_taskq_sysdc) {
1134 		sysdc_thread_enter(curthread, 100, 0);
1135 	}
1136 #endif
1137 
1138 	spa->spa_proc = curproc;
1139 	spa->spa_did = curthread->t_did;
1140 
1141 	spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
1142 
1143 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1144 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED);
1145 
1146 	spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_ACTIVE;
1147 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1148 
1149 	CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo);
1150 	while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE)
1151 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1152 	CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1153 
1154 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE);
1155 	spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_GONE;
1156 	spa->spa_proc = &p0;
1157 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1158 	CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo);	/* drops spa_proc_lock */
1159 
1160 	mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
1161 	lwp_exit();
1162 }
1163 #endif	/* SPA_PROCESS */
1164 #endif
1165 
1166 /*
1167  * Activate an uninitialized pool.
1168  */
1169 static void
spa_activate(spa_t * spa,int mode)1170 spa_activate(spa_t *spa, int mode)
1171 {
1172 	ASSERT(spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1173 
1174 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
1175 	spa->spa_mode = mode;
1176 
1177 	spa->spa_normal_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1178 	spa->spa_log_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1179 
1180 	/* Try to create a covering process */
1181 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1182 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_NONE);
1183 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1184 	spa->spa_did = 0;
1185 
1186 #ifdef SPA_PROCESS
1187 	/* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */
1188 	if (spa_create_process && strcmp(spa->spa_name, TRYIMPORT_NAME) != 0) {
1189 		if (newproc(spa_thread, (caddr_t)spa, syscid, maxclsyspri,
1190 		    NULL, 0) == 0) {
1191 			spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_CREATED;
1192 			while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED) {
1193 				cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv,
1194 				    &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1195 			}
1196 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
1197 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
1198 			ASSERT(spa->spa_did != 0);
1199 		} else {
1200 #ifdef _KERNEL
1201 			cmn_err(CE_WARN,
1202 			    "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n",
1203 			    spa->spa_name);
1204 #endif
1205 		}
1206 	}
1207 #endif	/* SPA_PROCESS */
1208 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1209 
1210 	/* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */
1211 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1212 	if (spa->spa_proc == &p0) {
1213 		spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
1214 	}
1215 
1216 	/*
1217 	 * Start TRIM thread.
1218 	 */
1219 	trim_thread_create(spa);
1220 
1221 	for (size_t i = 0; i < TXG_SIZE; i++) {
1222 		spa->spa_txg_zio[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
1223 		    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL);
1224 	}
1225 
1226 	list_create(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
1227 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_config_dirty_node));
1228 	list_create(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list, sizeof (objset_t),
1229 	    offsetof(objset_t, os_evicting_node));
1230 	list_create(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
1231 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_state_dirty_node));
1232 
1233 	txg_list_create(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, spa,
1234 	    offsetof(struct vdev, vdev_txg_node));
1235 
1236 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
1237 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
1238 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
1239 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
1240 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
1241 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
1242 }
1243 
1244 /*
1245  * Opposite of spa_activate().
1246  */
1247 static void
spa_deactivate(spa_t * spa)1248 spa_deactivate(spa_t *spa)
1249 {
1250 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on == B_FALSE);
1251 	ASSERT(spa->spa_dsl_pool == NULL);
1252 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
1253 	ASSERT(spa->spa_async_zio_root == NULL);
1254 	ASSERT(spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1255 
1256 	/*
1257 	 * Stop TRIM thread in case spa_unload() wasn't called directly
1258 	 * before spa_deactivate().
1259 	 */
1260 	trim_thread_destroy(spa);
1261 
1262 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
1263 
1264 	txg_list_destroy(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list);
1265 
1266 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list);
1267 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list);
1268 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list);
1269 
1270 	for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
1271 		for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
1272 			spa_taskqs_fini(spa, t, q);
1273 		}
1274 	}
1275 
1276 	for (size_t i = 0; i < TXG_SIZE; i++) {
1277 		ASSERT3P(spa->spa_txg_zio[i], !=, NULL);
1278 		VERIFY0(zio_wait(spa->spa_txg_zio[i]));
1279 		spa->spa_txg_zio[i] = NULL;
1280 	}
1281 
1282 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_normal_class);
1283 	spa->spa_normal_class = NULL;
1284 
1285 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_log_class);
1286 	spa->spa_log_class = NULL;
1287 
1288 	/*
1289 	 * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may
1290 	 * still have errors left in the queues.  Empty them just in case.
1291 	 */
1292 	spa_errlog_drain(spa);
1293 
1294 	avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub);
1295 	avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_last);
1296 
1297 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED;
1298 
1299 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1300 	if (spa->spa_proc_state != SPA_PROC_NONE) {
1301 		ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
1302 		spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE;
1303 		cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1304 		while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE) {
1305 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
1306 			cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1307 		}
1308 		ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_GONE);
1309 		spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_NONE;
1310 	}
1311 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1312 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1313 
1314 #ifdef SPA_PROCESS
1315 	/*
1316 	 * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS
1317 	 * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath
1318 	 * it.
1319 	 */
1320 	if (spa->spa_did != 0) {
1321 		thread_join(spa->spa_did);
1322 		spa->spa_did = 0;
1323 	}
1324 #endif	/* SPA_PROCESS */
1325 }
1326 
1327 /*
1328  * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately.  This
1329  * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev
1330  * in the CLOSED state.  This will prep the pool before open/creation/import.
1331  * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine.
1332  */
1333 static int
spa_config_parse(spa_t * spa,vdev_t ** vdp,nvlist_t * nv,vdev_t * parent,uint_t id,int atype)1334 spa_config_parse(spa_t *spa, vdev_t **vdp, nvlist_t *nv, vdev_t *parent,
1335     uint_t id, int atype)
1336 {
1337 	nvlist_t **child;
1338 	uint_t children;
1339 	int error;
1340 
1341 	if ((error = vdev_alloc(spa, vdp, nv, parent, id, atype)) != 0)
1342 		return (error);
1343 
1344 	if ((*vdp)->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
1345 		return (0);
1346 
1347 	error = nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
1348 	    &child, &children);
1349 
1350 	if (error == ENOENT)
1351 		return (0);
1352 
1353 	if (error) {
1354 		vdev_free(*vdp);
1355 		*vdp = NULL;
1356 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
1357 	}
1358 
1359 	for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
1360 		vdev_t *vd;
1361 		if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, child[c], *vdp, c,
1362 		    atype)) != 0) {
1363 			vdev_free(*vdp);
1364 			*vdp = NULL;
1365 			return (error);
1366 		}
1367 	}
1368 
1369 	ASSERT(*vdp != NULL);
1370 
1371 	return (0);
1372 }
1373 
1374 /*
1375  * Opposite of spa_load().
1376  */
1377 static void
spa_unload(spa_t * spa)1378 spa_unload(spa_t *spa)
1379 {
1380 	int i;
1381 
1382 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
1383 
1384 	spa_load_note(spa, "UNLOADING");
1385 
1386 	/*
1387 	 * Stop TRIM thread.
1388 	 */
1389 	trim_thread_destroy(spa);
1390 
1391 	/*
1392 	 * Stop async tasks.
1393 	 */
1394 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
1395 
1396 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev) {
1397 		vdev_initialize_stop_all(spa->spa_root_vdev,
1398 		    VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE);
1399 	}
1400 
1401 	/*
1402 	 * Stop syncing.
1403 	 */
1404 	if (spa->spa_sync_on) {
1405 		txg_sync_stop(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
1406 		spa->spa_sync_on = B_FALSE;
1407 	}
1408 
1409 	/*
1410 	 * Even though vdev_free() also calls vdev_metaslab_fini, we need
1411 	 * to call it earlier, before we wait for async i/o to complete.
1412 	 * This ensures that there is no async metaslab prefetching, by
1413 	 * calling taskq_wait(mg_taskq).
1414 	 */
1415 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
1416 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, spa, RW_WRITER);
1417 		for (int c = 0; c < spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_children; c++)
1418 			vdev_metaslab_fini(spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]);
1419 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, spa);
1420 	}
1421 
1422 	/*
1423 	 * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete.
1424 	 */
1425 	if (spa->spa_async_zio_root != NULL) {
1426 		for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++)
1427 			(void) zio_wait(spa->spa_async_zio_root[i]);
1428 		kmem_free(spa->spa_async_zio_root, max_ncpus * sizeof (void *));
1429 		spa->spa_async_zio_root = NULL;
1430 	}
1431 
1432 	if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL) {
1433 		spa_vdev_removal_destroy(spa->spa_vdev_removal);
1434 		spa->spa_vdev_removal = NULL;
1435 	}
1436 
1437 	if (spa->spa_condense_zthr != NULL) {
1438 		ASSERT(!zthr_isrunning(spa->spa_condense_zthr));
1439 		zthr_destroy(spa->spa_condense_zthr);
1440 		spa->spa_condense_zthr = NULL;
1441 	}
1442 
1443 	if (spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr != NULL) {
1444 		ASSERT(!zthr_isrunning(spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr));
1445 		zthr_destroy(spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr);
1446 		spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr = NULL;
1447 	}
1448 
1449 	spa_condense_fini(spa);
1450 
1451 	bpobj_close(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj);
1452 
1453 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, spa, RW_WRITER);
1454 
1455 	/*
1456 	 * Close all vdevs.
1457 	 */
1458 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev)
1459 		vdev_free(spa->spa_root_vdev);
1460 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
1461 
1462 	/*
1463 	 * Close the dsl pool.
1464 	 */
1465 	if (spa->spa_dsl_pool) {
1466 		dsl_pool_close(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
1467 		spa->spa_dsl_pool = NULL;
1468 		spa->spa_meta_objset = NULL;
1469 	}
1470 
1471 	ddt_unload(spa);
1472 
1473 	/*
1474 	 * Drop and purge level 2 cache
1475 	 */
1476 	spa_l2cache_drop(spa);
1477 
1478 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1479 		vdev_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
1480 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs) {
1481 		kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
1482 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1483 		spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1484 	}
1485 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
1486 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
1487 		spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
1488 	}
1489 	spa->spa_spares.sav_count = 0;
1490 
1491 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
1492 		vdev_clear_stats(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
1493 		vdev_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
1494 	}
1495 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs) {
1496 		kmem_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs,
1497 		    spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1498 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1499 	}
1500 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
1501 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
1502 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
1503 	}
1504 	spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count = 0;
1505 
1506 	spa->spa_async_suspended = 0;
1507 
1508 	spa->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded = B_FALSE;
1509 
1510 	if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
1511 		spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
1512 		spa->spa_comment = NULL;
1513 	}
1514 
1515 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, spa);
1516 }
1517 
1518 /*
1519  * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for
1520  * this pool.  When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1521  * 'spa_spares.sav_config'.  We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1522  * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1523  */
1524 void
spa_load_spares(spa_t * spa)1525 spa_load_spares(spa_t *spa)
1526 {
1527 	nvlist_t **spares;
1528 	uint_t nspares;
1529 	int i;
1530 	vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
1531 
1532 #ifndef _KERNEL
1533 	/*
1534 	 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1535 	 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1536 	 *
1537 	 * As spare vdevs are shared among open pools, we skip loading
1538 	 * them when we load the checkpointed state of the pool.
1539 	 */
1540 	if (!spa_writeable(spa))
1541 		return;
1542 #endif
1543 
1544 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
1545 
1546 	/*
1547 	 * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs.
1548 	 */
1549 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
1550 		vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
1551 
1552 		/* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */
1553 		if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
1554 		    B_FALSE)) != NULL && tvd->vdev_isspare)
1555 			spa_spare_remove(tvd);
1556 		vdev_close(vd);
1557 		vdev_free(vd);
1558 	}
1559 
1560 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs)
1561 		kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
1562 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1563 
1564 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config == NULL)
1565 		nspares = 0;
1566 	else
1567 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
1568 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
1569 
1570 	spa->spa_spares.sav_count = (int)nspares;
1571 	spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1572 
1573 	if (nspares == 0)
1574 		return;
1575 
1576 	/*
1577 	 * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the
1578 	 * process.   For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t
1579 	 * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only
1580 	 * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev
1581 	 * configuration (if it's spared in).  During this phase we open and
1582 	 * validate each vdev on the spare list.  If the vdev also exists in the
1583 	 * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare.
1584 	 */
1585 	spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = kmem_alloc(nspares * sizeof (void *),
1586 	    KM_SLEEP);
1587 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
1588 		VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, spares[i], NULL, 0,
1589 		    VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE) == 0);
1590 		ASSERT(vd != NULL);
1591 
1592 		spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i] = vd;
1593 
1594 		if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
1595 		    B_FALSE)) != NULL) {
1596 			if (!tvd->vdev_isspare)
1597 				spa_spare_add(tvd);
1598 
1599 			/*
1600 			 * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully
1601 			 * able to load the vdev.  Otherwise, importing a pool
1602 			 * with a bad active spare would result in strange
1603 			 * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare
1604 			 * is actively in use.
1605 			 *
1606 			 * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre
1607 			 * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later
1608 			 * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise).  Given
1609 			 * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity
1610 			 * it adds, we ignore the possibility.
1611 			 */
1612 			if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd))
1613 				spa_spare_activate(tvd);
1614 		}
1615 
1616 		vd->vdev_top = vd;
1617 		vd->vdev_aux = &spa->spa_spares;
1618 
1619 		if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
1620 			continue;
1621 
1622 		if (vdev_validate_aux(vd) == 0)
1623 			spa_spare_add(vd);
1624 	}
1625 
1626 	/*
1627 	 * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information
1628 	 * this time.
1629 	 */
1630 	VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
1631 	    DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
1632 
1633 	spares = kmem_alloc(spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *),
1634 	    KM_SLEEP);
1635 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1636 		spares[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
1637 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE);
1638 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
1639 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count) == 0);
1640 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1641 		nvlist_free(spares[i]);
1642 	kmem_free(spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1643 }
1644 
1645 /*
1646  * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for
1647  * this pool.  When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1648  * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'.  We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1649  * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1650  * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are
1651  * not re-opened.
1652  */
1653 void
spa_load_l2cache(spa_t * spa)1654 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t *spa)
1655 {
1656 	nvlist_t **l2cache;
1657 	uint_t nl2cache;
1658 	int i, j, oldnvdevs;
1659 	uint64_t guid;
1660 	vdev_t *vd, **oldvdevs, **newvdevs;
1661 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
1662 
1663 #ifndef _KERNEL
1664 	/*
1665 	 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1666 	 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1667 	 *
1668 	 * As L2 caches are part of the ARC which is shared among open
1669 	 * pools, we skip loading them when we load the checkpointed
1670 	 * state of the pool.
1671 	 */
1672 	if (!spa_writeable(spa))
1673 		return;
1674 #endif
1675 
1676 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
1677 
1678 	if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
1679 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
1680 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
1681 		newvdevs = kmem_alloc(nl2cache * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
1682 	} else {
1683 		nl2cache = 0;
1684 		newvdevs = NULL;
1685 	}
1686 
1687 	oldvdevs = sav->sav_vdevs;
1688 	oldnvdevs = sav->sav_count;
1689 	sav->sav_vdevs = NULL;
1690 	sav->sav_count = 0;
1691 
1692 	/*
1693 	 * Process new nvlist of vdevs.
1694 	 */
1695 	for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
1696 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
1697 		    &guid) == 0);
1698 
1699 		newvdevs[i] = NULL;
1700 		for (j = 0; j < oldnvdevs; j++) {
1701 			vd = oldvdevs[j];
1702 			if (vd != NULL && guid == vd->vdev_guid) {
1703 				/*
1704 				 * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops.
1705 				 */
1706 				newvdevs[i] = vd;
1707 				oldvdevs[j] = NULL;
1708 				break;
1709 			}
1710 		}
1711 
1712 		if (newvdevs[i] == NULL) {
1713 			/*
1714 			 * Create new vdev
1715 			 */
1716 			VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, l2cache[i], NULL, 0,
1717 			    VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE) == 0);
1718 			ASSERT(vd != NULL);
1719 			newvdevs[i] = vd;
1720 
1721 			/*
1722 			 * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device,
1723 			 * even if it fails to open.
1724 			 */
1725 			spa_l2cache_add(vd);
1726 
1727 			vd->vdev_top = vd;
1728 			vd->vdev_aux = sav;
1729 
1730 			spa_l2cache_activate(vd);
1731 
1732 			if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
1733 				continue;
1734 
1735 			(void) vdev_validate_aux(vd);
1736 
1737 			if (!vdev_is_dead(vd))
1738 				l2arc_add_vdev(spa, vd);
1739 		}
1740 	}
1741 
1742 	/*
1743 	 * Purge vdevs that were dropped
1744 	 */
1745 	for (i = 0; i < oldnvdevs; i++) {
1746 		uint64_t pool;
1747 
1748 		vd = oldvdevs[i];
1749 		if (vd != NULL) {
1750 			ASSERT(vd->vdev_isl2cache);
1751 
1752 			if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
1753 			    pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
1754 				l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
1755 			vdev_clear_stats(vd);
1756 			vdev_free(vd);
1757 		}
1758 	}
1759 
1760 	if (oldvdevs)
1761 		kmem_free(oldvdevs, oldnvdevs * sizeof (void *));
1762 
1763 	if (sav->sav_config == NULL)
1764 		goto out;
1765 
1766 	sav->sav_vdevs = newvdevs;
1767 	sav->sav_count = (int)nl2cache;
1768 
1769 	/*
1770 	 * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status
1771 	 * information this time.
1772 	 */
1773 	VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
1774 	    DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
1775 
1776 	l2cache = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
1777 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1778 		l2cache[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
1779 		    sav->sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
1780 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
1781 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, sav->sav_count) == 0);
1782 out:
1783 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1784 		nvlist_free(l2cache[i]);
1785 	if (sav->sav_count)
1786 		kmem_free(l2cache, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1787 }
1788 
1789 static int
load_nvlist(spa_t * spa,uint64_t obj,nvlist_t ** value)1790 load_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t **value)
1791 {
1792 	dmu_buf_t *db;
1793 	char *packed = NULL;
1794 	size_t nvsize = 0;
1795 	int error;
1796 	*value = NULL;
1797 
1798 	error = dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db);
1799 	if (error != 0)
1800 		return (error);
1801 
1802 	nvsize = *(uint64_t *)db->db_data;
1803 	dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
1804 
1805 	packed = kmem_alloc(nvsize, KM_SLEEP);
1806 	error = dmu_read(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, nvsize, packed,
1807 	    DMU_READ_PREFETCH);
1808 	if (error == 0)
1809 		error = nvlist_unpack(packed, nvsize, value, 0);
1810 	kmem_free(packed, nvsize);
1811 
1812 	return (error);
1813 }
1814 
1815 /*
1816  * Concrete top-level vdevs that are not missing and are not logs. At every
1817  * spa_sync we write new uberblocks to at least SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS core tvds.
1818  */
1819 static uint64_t
spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t * spa)1820 spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t *spa)
1821 {
1822 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1823 	uint64_t tvds = 0;
1824 
1825 	for (uint64_t i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) {
1826 		vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[i];
1827 		if (vd->vdev_islog)
1828 			continue;
1829 		if (vdev_is_concrete(vd) && !vdev_is_dead(vd))
1830 			tvds++;
1831 	}
1832 
1833 	return (tvds);
1834 }
1835 
1836 /*
1837  * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a
1838  * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed.
1839  */
1840 static void
spa_check_removed(vdev_t * vd)1841 spa_check_removed(vdev_t *vd)
1842 {
1843 	for (uint64_t c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
1844 		spa_check_removed(vd->vdev_child[c]);
1845 
1846 	if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf && vdev_is_dead(vd) &&
1847 	    vdev_is_concrete(vd)) {
1848 		zfs_post_autoreplace(vd->vdev_spa, vd);
1849 		spa_event_notify(vd->vdev_spa, vd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK);
1850 	}
1851 }
1852 
1853 static int
spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t * spa)1854 spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t *spa)
1855 {
1856 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1857 
1858 	/*
1859 	 * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional
1860 	 * diagnostic information about missing log devices.
1861 	 * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing.
1862 	 */
1863 	if (!(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG)) {
1864 		nvlist_t **child, *nv;
1865 		uint64_t idx = 0;
1866 
1867 		child = kmem_alloc(rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (nvlist_t **),
1868 		    KM_SLEEP);
1869 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nv, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
1870 
1871 		for (uint64_t c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1872 			vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1873 
1874 			/*
1875 			 * We consider a device as missing only if it failed
1876 			 * to open (i.e. offline or faulted is not considered
1877 			 * as missing).
1878 			 */
1879 			if (tvd->vdev_islog &&
1880 			    tvd->vdev_state == VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) {
1881 				child[idx++] = vdev_config_generate(spa, tvd,
1882 				    B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_MISSING);
1883 			}
1884 		}
1885 
1886 		if (idx > 0) {
1887 			fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv,
1888 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, child, idx);
1889 			fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
1890 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES, nv);
1891 
1892 			for (uint64_t i = 0; i < idx; i++)
1893 				nvlist_free(child[i]);
1894 		}
1895 		nvlist_free(nv);
1896 		kmem_free(child, rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (char **));
1897 
1898 		if (idx > 0) {
1899 			spa_load_failed(spa, "some log devices are missing");
1900 			vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
1901 			return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
1902 		}
1903 	} else {
1904 		for (uint64_t c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1905 			vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1906 
1907 			if (tvd->vdev_islog &&
1908 			    tvd->vdev_state == VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) {
1909 				spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
1910 				spa_load_note(spa, "some log devices are "
1911 				    "missing, ZIL is dropped.");
1912 				vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
1913 				break;
1914 			}
1915 		}
1916 	}
1917 
1918 	return (0);
1919 }
1920 
1921 /*
1922  * Check for missing log devices
1923  */
1924 static boolean_t
spa_check_logs(spa_t * spa)1925 spa_check_logs(spa_t *spa)
1926 {
1927 	boolean_t rv = B_FALSE;
1928 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
1929 
1930 	switch (spa->spa_log_state) {
1931 	case SPA_LOG_MISSING:
1932 		/* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */
1933 	case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN:
1934 		rv = (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
1935 		    zil_check_log_chain, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN) != 0);
1936 		if (rv)
1937 			spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_MISSING);
1938 		break;
1939 	}
1940 	return (rv);
1941 }
1942 
1943 static boolean_t
spa_passivate_log(spa_t * spa)1944 spa_passivate_log(spa_t *spa)
1945 {
1946 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1947 	boolean_t slog_found = B_FALSE;
1948 
1949 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
1950 
1951 	if (!spa_has_slogs(spa))
1952 		return (B_FALSE);
1953 
1954 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1955 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1956 		metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
1957 
1958 		if (tvd->vdev_islog) {
1959 			metaslab_group_passivate(mg);
1960 			slog_found = B_TRUE;
1961 		}
1962 	}
1963 
1964 	return (slog_found);
1965 }
1966 
1967 static void
spa_activate_log(spa_t * spa)1968 spa_activate_log(spa_t *spa)
1969 {
1970 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1971 
1972 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
1973 
1974 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1975 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1976 		metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
1977 
1978 		if (tvd->vdev_islog)
1979 			metaslab_group_activate(mg);
1980 	}
1981 }
1982 
1983 int
spa_reset_logs(spa_t * spa)1984 spa_reset_logs(spa_t *spa)
1985 {
1986 	int error;
1987 
1988 	error = dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa), zil_reset,
1989 	    NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
1990 	if (error == 0) {
1991 		/*
1992 		 * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the
1993 		 * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed
1994 		 * by zil_sync().
1995 		 */
1996 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
1997 	}
1998 	return (error);
1999 }
2000 
2001 static void
spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t * sav)2002 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav)
2003 {
2004 	int i;
2005 
2006 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
2007 		spa_check_removed(sav->sav_vdevs[i]);
2008 }
2009 
2010 void
spa_claim_notify(zio_t * zio)2011 spa_claim_notify(zio_t *zio)
2012 {
2013 	spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
2014 
2015 	if (zio->io_error)
2016 		return;
2017 
2018 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);	/* any mutex will do */
2019 	if (spa->spa_claim_max_txg < zio->io_bp->blk_birth)
2020 		spa->spa_claim_max_txg = zio->io_bp->blk_birth;
2021 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
2022 }
2023 
2024 typedef struct spa_load_error {
2025 	uint64_t	sle_meta_count;
2026 	uint64_t	sle_data_count;
2027 } spa_load_error_t;
2028 
2029 static void
spa_load_verify_done(zio_t * zio)2030 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t *zio)
2031 {
2032 	blkptr_t *bp = zio->io_bp;
2033 	spa_load_error_t *sle = zio->io_private;
2034 	dmu_object_type_t type = BP_GET_TYPE(bp);
2035 	int error = zio->io_error;
2036 	spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
2037 
2038 	abd_free(zio->io_abd);
2039 	if (error) {
2040 		if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type)) &&
2041 		    type != DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG)
2042 			atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_meta_count);
2043 		else
2044 			atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_data_count);
2045 	}
2046 
2047 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2048 	spa->spa_load_verify_ios--;
2049 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv);
2050 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2051 }
2052 
2053 /*
2054  * Maximum number of concurrent scrub i/os to create while verifying
2055  * a pool while importing it.
2056  */
2057 int spa_load_verify_maxinflight = 10000;
2058 boolean_t spa_load_verify_metadata = B_TRUE;
2059 boolean_t spa_load_verify_data = B_TRUE;
2060 
2061 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_verify_maxinflight, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
2062     &spa_load_verify_maxinflight, 0,
2063     "Maximum number of concurrent scrub I/Os to create while verifying a "
2064     "pool while importing it");
2065 
2066 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_verify_metadata, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
2067     &spa_load_verify_metadata, 0,
2068     "Check metadata on import?");
2069 
2070 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_verify_data, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
2071     &spa_load_verify_data, 0,
2072     "Check user data on import?");
2073 
2074 /*ARGSUSED*/
2075 static int
spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t * spa,zilog_t * zilog,const blkptr_t * bp,const zbookmark_phys_t * zb,const dnode_phys_t * dnp,void * arg)2076 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t *spa, zilog_t *zilog, const blkptr_t *bp,
2077     const zbookmark_phys_t *zb, const dnode_phys_t *dnp, void *arg)
2078 {
2079 	if (bp == NULL || BP_IS_HOLE(bp) || BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp))
2080 		return (0);
2081 	/*
2082 	 * Note: normally this routine will not be called if
2083 	 * spa_load_verify_metadata is not set.  However, it may be useful
2084 	 * to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun.
2085 	 */
2086 	if (!spa_load_verify_metadata)
2087 		return (0);
2088 	if (!BP_IS_METADATA(bp) && !spa_load_verify_data)
2089 		return (0);
2090 
2091 	zio_t *rio = arg;
2092 	size_t size = BP_GET_PSIZE(bp);
2093 
2094 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2095 	while (spa->spa_load_verify_ios >= spa_load_verify_maxinflight)
2096 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv, &spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2097 	spa->spa_load_verify_ios++;
2098 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2099 
2100 	zio_nowait(zio_read(rio, spa, bp, abd_alloc_for_io(size, B_FALSE), size,
2101 	    spa_load_verify_done, rio->io_private, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB,
2102 	    ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE | ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL |
2103 	    ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB | ZIO_FLAG_RAW, zb));
2104 	return (0);
2105 }
2106 
2107 /* ARGSUSED */
2108 int
verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t * dp,dsl_dataset_t * ds,void * arg)2109 verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t *dp, dsl_dataset_t *ds, void *arg)
2110 {
2111 	if (dsl_dataset_namelen(ds) >= ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN)
2112 		return (SET_ERROR(ENAMETOOLONG));
2113 
2114 	return (0);
2115 }
2116 
2117 static int
spa_load_verify(spa_t * spa)2118 spa_load_verify(spa_t *spa)
2119 {
2120 	zio_t *rio;
2121 	spa_load_error_t sle = { 0 };
2122 	zpool_load_policy_t policy;
2123 	boolean_t verify_ok = B_FALSE;
2124 	int error = 0;
2125 
2126 	zpool_get_load_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy);
2127 
2128 	if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND)
2129 		return (0);
2130 
2131 	dsl_pool_config_enter(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG);
2132 	error = dmu_objset_find_dp(spa->spa_dsl_pool,
2133 	    spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_root_dir_obj, verify_dataset_name_len, NULL,
2134 	    DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
2135 	dsl_pool_config_exit(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG);
2136 	if (error != 0)
2137 		return (error);
2138 
2139 	rio = zio_root(spa, NULL, &sle,
2140 	    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE);
2141 
2142 	if (spa_load_verify_metadata) {
2143 		if (spa->spa_extreme_rewind) {
2144 			spa_load_note(spa, "performing a complete scan of the "
2145 			    "pool since extreme rewind is on. This may take "
2146 			    "a very long time.\n  (spa_load_verify_data=%u, "
2147 			    "spa_load_verify_metadata=%u)",
2148 			    spa_load_verify_data, spa_load_verify_metadata);
2149 		}
2150 		error = traverse_pool(spa, spa->spa_verify_min_txg,
2151 		    TRAVERSE_PRE | TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA,
2152 		    spa_load_verify_cb, rio);
2153 	}
2154 
2155 	(void) zio_wait(rio);
2156 
2157 	spa->spa_load_meta_errors = sle.sle_meta_count;
2158 	spa->spa_load_data_errors = sle.sle_data_count;
2159 
2160 	if (sle.sle_meta_count != 0 || sle.sle_data_count != 0) {
2161 		spa_load_note(spa, "spa_load_verify found %llu metadata errors "
2162 		    "and %llu data errors", (u_longlong_t)sle.sle_meta_count,
2163 		    (u_longlong_t)sle.sle_data_count);
2164 	}
2165 
2166 	if (spa_load_verify_dryrun ||
2167 	    (!error && sle.sle_meta_count <= policy.zlp_maxmeta &&
2168 	    sle.sle_data_count <= policy.zlp_maxdata)) {
2169 		int64_t loss = 0;
2170 
2171 		verify_ok = B_TRUE;
2172 		spa->spa_load_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
2173 		spa->spa_load_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
2174 
2175 		loss = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts - spa->spa_load_txg_ts;
2176 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2177 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME, spa->spa_load_txg_ts) == 0);
2178 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_int64(spa->spa_load_info,
2179 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME, loss) == 0);
2180 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2181 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS, sle.sle_data_count) == 0);
2182 	} else {
2183 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
2184 	}
2185 
2186 	if (spa_load_verify_dryrun)
2187 		return (0);
2188 
2189 	if (error) {
2190 		if (error != ENXIO && error != EIO)
2191 			error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
2192 		return (error);
2193 	}
2194 
2195 	return (verify_ok ? 0 : EIO);
2196 }
2197 
2198 /*
2199  * Find a value in the pool props object.
2200  */
2201 static void
spa_prop_find(spa_t * spa,zpool_prop_t prop,uint64_t * val)2202 spa_prop_find(spa_t *spa, zpool_prop_t prop, uint64_t *val)
2203 {
2204 	(void) zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
2205 	    zpool_prop_to_name(prop), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val);
2206 }
2207 
2208 /*
2209  * Find a value in the pool directory object.
2210  */
2211 static int
spa_dir_prop(spa_t * spa,const char * name,uint64_t * val,boolean_t log_enoent)2212 spa_dir_prop(spa_t *spa, const char *name, uint64_t *val, boolean_t log_enoent)
2213 {
2214 	int error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
2215 	    name, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val);
2216 
2217 	if (error != 0 && (error != ENOENT || log_enoent)) {
2218 		spa_load_failed(spa, "couldn't get '%s' value in MOS directory "
2219 		    "[error=%d]", name, error);
2220 	}
2221 
2222 	return (error);
2223 }
2224 
2225 static int
spa_vdev_err(vdev_t * vdev,vdev_aux_t aux,int err)2226 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t *vdev, vdev_aux_t aux, int err)
2227 {
2228 	vdev_set_state(vdev, B_TRUE, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN, aux);
2229 	return (SET_ERROR(err));
2230 }
2231 
2232 static void
spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t * spa)2233 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t *spa)
2234 {
2235 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
2236 
2237 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
2238 
2239 	spa_start_indirect_condensing_thread(spa);
2240 
2241 	ASSERT3P(spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr, ==, NULL);
2242 	spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr =
2243 	    zthr_create(spa_checkpoint_discard_thread_check,
2244 	    spa_checkpoint_discard_thread, spa);
2245 }
2246 
2247 /*
2248  * Fix up config after a partly-completed split.  This is done with the
2249  * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist.  Both the splitting pool and the split-off
2250  * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains
2251  * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off.
2252  *
2253  * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin
2254  * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process.  To attempt
2255  * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and
2256  * we do a reopen() call.  If the vdev label for every disk that was
2257  * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2258  * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split.
2259  *
2260  * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in
2261  * the original pool.
2262  */
2263 static void
spa_try_repair(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * config)2264 spa_try_repair(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
2265 {
2266 	uint_t extracted;
2267 	uint64_t *glist;
2268 	uint_t i, gcount;
2269 	nvlist_t *nvl;
2270 	vdev_t **vd;
2271 	boolean_t attempt_reopen;
2272 
2273 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) != 0)
2274 		return;
2275 
2276 	/* check that the config is complete */
2277 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
2278 	    &glist, &gcount) != 0)
2279 		return;
2280 
2281 	vd = kmem_zalloc(gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
2282 
2283 	/* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */
2284 	attempt_reopen = B_TRUE;
2285 	for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
2286 		if (glist[i] == 0)	/* vdev is hole */
2287 			continue;
2288 
2289 		vd[i] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[i], B_FALSE);
2290 		if (vd[i] == NULL) {
2291 			/*
2292 			 * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks;
2293 			 * just do the split.
2294 			 */
2295 			attempt_reopen = B_FALSE;
2296 		} else {
2297 			/* attempt to re-online it */
2298 			vd[i]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
2299 		}
2300 	}
2301 
2302 	if (attempt_reopen) {
2303 		vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2304 
2305 		/* check each device to see what state it's in */
2306 		for (extracted = 0, i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
2307 			if (vd[i] != NULL &&
2308 			    vd[i]->vdev_stat.vs_aux != VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2309 				break;
2310 			++extracted;
2311 		}
2312 	}
2313 
2314 	/*
2315 	 * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never
2316 	 * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for
2317 	 * good.
2318 	 */
2319 	if (!attempt_reopen || gcount == extracted) {
2320 		for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++)
2321 			if (vd[i] != NULL)
2322 				vdev_split(vd[i]);
2323 		vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2324 	}
2325 
2326 	kmem_free(vd, gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *));
2327 }
2328 
2329 static int
spa_load(spa_t * spa,spa_load_state_t state,spa_import_type_t type)2330 spa_load(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type)
2331 {
2332 	char *ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL;
2333 	int error;
2334 
2335 	spa->spa_load_state = state;
2336 
2337 	gethrestime(&spa->spa_loaded_ts);
2338 	error = spa_load_impl(spa, type, &ereport);
2339 
2340 	/*
2341 	 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
2342 	 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
2343 	 */
2344 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
2345 	spa->spa_minref = refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
2346 	if (error) {
2347 		if (error != EEXIST) {
2348 			spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec = 0;
2349 			spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec = 0;
2350 		}
2351 		if (error != EBADF) {
2352 			zfs_ereport_post(ereport, spa, NULL, NULL, 0, 0);
2353 		}
2354 	}
2355 	spa->spa_load_state = error ? SPA_LOAD_ERROR : SPA_LOAD_NONE;
2356 	spa->spa_ena = 0;
2357 
2358 	return (error);
2359 }
2360 
2361 /*
2362  * Count the number of per-vdev ZAPs associated with all of the vdevs in the
2363  * vdev tree rooted in the given vd, and ensure that each ZAP is present in the
2364  * spa's per-vdev ZAP list.
2365  */
2366 static uint64_t
vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t * vd)2367 vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t *vd)
2368 {
2369 	spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa;
2370 	uint64_t total = 0;
2371 	if (vd->vdev_top_zap != 0) {
2372 		total++;
2373 		ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset,
2374 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, vd->vdev_top_zap));
2375 	}
2376 	if (vd->vdev_leaf_zap != 0) {
2377 		total++;
2378 		ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset,
2379 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, vd->vdev_leaf_zap));
2380 	}
2381 
2382 	for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) {
2383 		total += vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd->vdev_child[i]);
2384 	}
2385 
2386 	return (total);
2387 }
2388 
2389 static int
spa_verify_host(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * mos_config)2390 spa_verify_host(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *mos_config)
2391 {
2392 	uint64_t hostid;
2393 	char *hostname;
2394 	uint64_t myhostid = 0;
2395 
2396 	if (!spa_is_root(spa) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config,
2397 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID, &hostid) == 0) {
2398 		hostname = fnvlist_lookup_string(mos_config,
2399 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME);
2400 
2401 		myhostid = zone_get_hostid(NULL);
2402 
2403 		if (hostid != 0 && myhostid != 0 && hostid != myhostid) {
2404 			cmn_err(CE_WARN, "pool '%s' could not be "
2405 			    "loaded as it was last accessed by "
2406 			    "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%llx). "
2407 			    "See: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-EY",
2408 			    spa_name(spa), hostname, (u_longlong_t)hostid);
2409 			spa_load_failed(spa, "hostid verification failed: pool "
2410 			    "last accessed by host: %s (hostid: 0x%llx)",
2411 			    hostname, (u_longlong_t)hostid);
2412 			return (SET_ERROR(EBADF));
2413 		}
2414 	}
2415 
2416 	return (0);
2417 }
2418 
2419 static int
spa_ld_parse_config(spa_t * spa,spa_import_type_t type)2420 spa_ld_parse_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
2421 {
2422 	int error = 0;
2423 	nvlist_t *nvtree, *nvl, *config = spa->spa_config;
2424 	int parse;
2425 	vdev_t *rvd;
2426 	uint64_t pool_guid;
2427 	char *comment;
2428 
2429 	/*
2430 	 * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if
2431 	 * it's not present treat it as the initial version.
2432 	 */
2433 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
2434 	    &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
2435 		spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
2436 
2437 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID, &pool_guid)) {
2438 		spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
2439 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID);
2440 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
2441 	}
2442 
2443 	/*
2444 	 * If we are doing an import, ensure that the pool is not already
2445 	 * imported by checking if its pool guid already exists in the
2446 	 * spa namespace.
2447 	 *
2448 	 * The only case that we allow an already imported pool to be
2449 	 * imported again, is when the pool is checkpointed and we want to
2450 	 * look at its checkpointed state from userland tools like zdb.
2451 	 */
2452 #ifdef _KERNEL
2453 	if ((spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
2454 	    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) &&
2455 	    spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0)) {
2456 #else
2457 	if ((spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
2458 	    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) &&
2459 	    spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0) &&
2460 	    !spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa)) {
2461 #endif
2462 		spa_load_failed(spa, "a pool with guid %llu is already open",
2463 		    (u_longlong_t)pool_guid);
2464 		return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
2465 	}
2466 
2467 	spa->spa_config_guid = pool_guid;
2468 
2469 	nvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
2470 	spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
2471 
2472 	ASSERT(spa->spa_comment == NULL);
2473 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT, &comment) == 0)
2474 		spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(comment);
2475 
2476 	(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
2477 	    &spa->spa_config_txg);
2478 
2479 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) == 0)
2480 		spa->spa_config_splitting = fnvlist_dup(nvl);
2481 
2482 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvtree)) {
2483 		spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
2484 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE);
2485 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
2486 	}
2487 
2488 	/*
2489 	 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
2490 	 */
2491 	spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
2492 	    KM_SLEEP);
2493 	for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
2494 		spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
2495 		    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
2496 		    ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
2497 	}
2498 
2499 	/*
2500 	 * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree.  We explicitly set the
2501 	 * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the
2502 	 * configuration requires knowing the version number.
2503 	 */
2504 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2505 	parse = (type == SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING ?
2506 	    VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD : VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT);
2507 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtree, NULL, 0, parse);
2508 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2509 
2510 	if (error != 0) {
2511 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to parse config [error=%d]",
2512 		    error);
2513 		return (error);
2514 	}
2515 
2516 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
2517 	ASSERT3U(spa->spa_min_ashift, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT);
2518 	ASSERT3U(spa->spa_max_ashift, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT);
2519 
2520 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2521 		ASSERT(spa_guid(spa) == pool_guid);
2522 	}
2523 
2524 	return (0);
2525 }
2526 
2527 /*
2528  * Recursively open all vdevs in the vdev tree. This function is called twice:
2529  * first with the untrusted config, then with the trusted config.
2530  */
2531 static int
2532 spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa_t *spa)
2533 {
2534 	int error = 0;
2535 
2536 	/*
2537 	 * spa_missing_tvds_allowed defines how many top-level vdevs can be
2538 	 * missing/unopenable for the root vdev to be still considered openable.
2539 	 */
2540 	if (spa->spa_trust_config) {
2541 		spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds;
2542 	} else if (spa->spa_config_source == SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE) {
2543 		spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile;
2544 	} else if (spa->spa_config_source == SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN) {
2545 		spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan;
2546 	} else {
2547 		spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = 0;
2548 	}
2549 
2550 	spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed =
2551 	    MAX(zfs_max_missing_tvds, spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed);
2552 
2553 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2554 	error = vdev_open(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2555 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2556 
2557 	if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0) {
2558 		spa_load_note(spa, "vdev tree has %lld missing top-level "
2559 		    "vdevs.", (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_missing_tvds);
2560 		if (spa->spa_trust_config && (spa->spa_mode & FWRITE)) {
2561 			/*
2562 			 * Although theoretically we could allow users to open
2563 			 * incomplete pools in RW mode, we'd need to add a lot
2564 			 * of extra logic (e.g. adjust pool space to account
2565 			 * for missing vdevs).
2566 			 * This limitation also prevents users from accidentally
2567 			 * opening the pool in RW mode during data recovery and
2568 			 * damaging it further.
2569 			 */
2570 			spa_load_note(spa, "pools with missing top-level "
2571 			    "vdevs can only be opened in read-only mode.");
2572 			error = SET_ERROR(ENXIO);
2573 		} else {
2574 			spa_load_note(spa, "current settings allow for maximum "
2575 			    "%lld missing top-level vdevs at this stage.",
2576 			    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed);
2577 		}
2578 	}
2579 	if (error != 0) {
2580 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to open vdev tree [error=%d]",
2581 		    error);
2582 	}
2583 	if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0 || error != 0)
2584 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(spa->spa_root_vdev, 2);
2585 
2586 	return (error);
2587 }
2588 
2589 /*
2590  * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that
2591  * we have in hand. This function is called twice: first with an untrusted
2592  * config, then with a trusted config. The validation is more strict when the
2593  * config is trusted.
2594  */
2595 static int
2596 spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa_t *spa)
2597 {
2598 	int error = 0;
2599 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2600 
2601 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2602 	error = vdev_validate(rvd);
2603 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2604 
2605 	if (error != 0) {
2606 		spa_load_failed(spa, "vdev_validate failed [error=%d]", error);
2607 		return (error);
2608 	}
2609 
2610 	if (rvd->vdev_state <= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) {
2611 		spa_load_failed(spa, "cannot open vdev tree after invalidating "
2612 		    "some vdevs");
2613 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
2614 		return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
2615 	}
2616 
2617 	return (0);
2618 }
2619 
2620 static void
2621 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub)
2622 {
2623 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
2624 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
2625 	spa->spa_verify_min_txg = spa->spa_extreme_rewind ?
2626 	    TXG_INITIAL - 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE - 1;
2627 	spa->spa_first_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg ?
2628 	    spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) + 1;
2629 	spa->spa_claim_max_txg = spa->spa_first_txg;
2630 	spa->spa_prev_software_version = ub->ub_software_version;
2631 }
2632 
2633 static int
2634 spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
2635 {
2636 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2637 	nvlist_t *label;
2638 	uberblock_t *ub = &spa->spa_uberblock;
2639 
2640 	/*
2641 	 * If we are opening the checkpointed state of the pool by
2642 	 * rewinding to it, at this point we will have written the
2643 	 * checkpointed uberblock to the vdev labels, so searching
2644 	 * the labels will find the right uberblock.  However, if
2645 	 * we are opening the checkpointed state read-only, we have
2646 	 * not modified the labels. Therefore, we must ignore the
2647 	 * labels and continue using the spa_uberblock that was set
2648 	 * by spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind.
2649 	 *
2650 	 * Note that it would be fine to ignore the labels when
2651 	 * rewinding (opening writeable) as well. However, if we
2652 	 * crash just after writing the labels, we will end up
2653 	 * searching the labels. Doing so in the common case means
2654 	 * that this code path gets exercised normally, rather than
2655 	 * just in the edge case.
2656 	 */
2657 	if (ub->ub_checkpoint_txg != 0 &&
2658 	    spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa)) {
2659 		spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa, ub);
2660 		return (0);
2661 	}
2662 
2663 	/*
2664 	 * Find the best uberblock.
2665 	 */
2666 	vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &label);
2667 
2668 	/*
2669 	 * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure.
2670 	 */
2671 	if (ub->ub_txg == 0) {
2672 		nvlist_free(label);
2673 		spa_load_failed(spa, "no valid uberblock found");
2674 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, ENXIO));
2675 	}
2676 
2677 	spa_load_note(spa, "using uberblock with txg=%llu",
2678 	    (u_longlong_t)ub->ub_txg);
2679 
2680 	/*
2681 	 * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it.
2682 	 */
2683 	if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub->ub_version)) {
2684 		nvlist_free(label);
2685 		spa_load_failed(spa, "version %llu is not supported",
2686 		    (u_longlong_t)ub->ub_version);
2687 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER, ENOTSUP));
2688 	}
2689 
2690 	if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
2691 		nvlist_t *features;
2692 
2693 		/*
2694 		 * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the
2695 		 * MOS in the label, return failure.
2696 		 */
2697 		if (label == NULL) {
2698 			spa_load_failed(spa, "label config unavailable");
2699 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
2700 			    ENXIO));
2701 		}
2702 
2703 		if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ,
2704 		    &features) != 0) {
2705 			nvlist_free(label);
2706 			spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid label: '%s' missing",
2707 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ);
2708 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
2709 			    ENXIO));
2710 		}
2711 
2712 		/*
2713 		 * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values
2714 		 * from the label.
2715 		 */
2716 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_label_features);
2717 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(features, &spa->spa_label_features, 0) == 0);
2718 	}
2719 
2720 	nvlist_free(label);
2721 
2722 	/*
2723 	 * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If
2724 	 * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we
2725 	 * cannot open a pool.
2726 	 */
2727 	if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
2728 		nvlist_t *unsup_feat;
2729 
2730 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&unsup_feat, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) ==
2731 		    0);
2732 
2733 		for (nvpair_t *nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features,
2734 		    NULL); nvp != NULL;
2735 		    nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features, nvp)) {
2736 			if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp))) {
2737 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(unsup_feat,
2738 				    nvpair_name(nvp), "") == 0);
2739 			}
2740 		}
2741 
2742 		if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
2743 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
2744 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat) == 0);
2745 			nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
2746 			spa_load_failed(spa, "some features are unsupported");
2747 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
2748 			    ENOTSUP));
2749 		}
2750 
2751 		nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
2752 	}
2753 
2754 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa->spa_config_splitting) {
2755 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2756 		spa_try_repair(spa, spa->spa_config);
2757 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2758 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
2759 		spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
2760 	}
2761 
2762 	/*
2763 	 * Initialize internal SPA structures.
2764 	 */
2765 	spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa, ub);
2766 
2767 	return (0);
2768 }
2769 
2770 static int
2771 spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa_t *spa)
2772 {
2773 	int error = 0;
2774 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2775 
2776 	error = dsl_pool_init(spa, spa->spa_first_txg, &spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2777 	if (error != 0) {
2778 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to open rootbp in dsl_pool_init "
2779 		    "[error=%d]", error);
2780 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2781 	}
2782 	spa->spa_meta_objset = spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_meta_objset;
2783 
2784 	return (0);
2785 }
2786 
2787 static int
2788 spa_ld_trusted_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type,
2789     boolean_t reloading)
2790 {
2791 	vdev_t *mrvd, *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2792 	nvlist_t *nv, *mos_config, *policy;
2793 	int error = 0, copy_error;
2794 	uint64_t healthy_tvds, healthy_tvds_mos;
2795 	uint64_t mos_config_txg;
2796 
2797 	if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CONFIG, &spa->spa_config_object, B_TRUE)
2798 	    != 0)
2799 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2800 
2801 	/*
2802 	 * If we're assembling a pool from a split, the config provided is
2803 	 * already trusted so there is nothing to do.
2804 	 */
2805 	if (type == SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE)
2806 		return (0);
2807 
2808 	healthy_tvds = spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa);
2809 
2810 	if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &mos_config)
2811 	    != 0) {
2812 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
2813 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2814 	}
2815 
2816 	/*
2817 	 * If we are doing an open, pool owner wasn't verified yet, thus do
2818 	 * the verification here.
2819 	 */
2820 	if (spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_OPEN) {
2821 		error = spa_verify_host(spa, mos_config);
2822 		if (error != 0) {
2823 			nvlist_free(mos_config);
2824 			return (error);
2825 		}
2826 	}
2827 
2828 	nv = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(mos_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE);
2829 
2830 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2831 
2832 	/*
2833 	 * Build a new vdev tree from the trusted config
2834 	 */
2835 	VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &mrvd, nv, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD) == 0);
2836 
2837 	/*
2838 	 * Vdev paths in the MOS may be obsolete. If the untrusted config was
2839 	 * obtained by scanning /dev/dsk, then it will have the right vdev
2840 	 * paths. We update the trusted MOS config with this information.
2841 	 * We first try to copy the paths with vdev_copy_path_strict, which
2842 	 * succeeds only when both configs have exactly the same vdev tree.
2843 	 * If that fails, we fall back to a more flexible method that has a
2844 	 * best effort policy.
2845 	 */
2846 	copy_error = vdev_copy_path_strict(rvd, mrvd);
2847 	if (copy_error != 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree) {
2848 		spa_load_note(spa, "provided vdev tree:");
2849 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
2850 		spa_load_note(spa, "MOS vdev tree:");
2851 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(mrvd, 2);
2852 	}
2853 	if (copy_error != 0) {
2854 		spa_load_note(spa, "vdev_copy_path_strict failed, falling "
2855 		    "back to vdev_copy_path_relaxed");
2856 		vdev_copy_path_relaxed(rvd, mrvd);
2857 	}
2858 
2859 	vdev_close(rvd);
2860 	vdev_free(rvd);
2861 	spa->spa_root_vdev = mrvd;
2862 	rvd = mrvd;
2863 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2864 
2865 	/*
2866 	 * We will use spa_config if we decide to reload the spa or if spa_load
2867 	 * fails and we rewind. We must thus regenerate the config using the
2868 	 * MOS information with the updated paths. ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY is used to
2869 	 * pass settings on how to load the pool and is not stored in the MOS.
2870 	 * We copy it over to our new, trusted config.
2871 	 */
2872 	mos_config_txg = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config,
2873 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG);
2874 	nvlist_free(mos_config);
2875 	mos_config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, mos_config_txg, B_FALSE);
2876 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY,
2877 	    &policy) == 0)
2878 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(mos_config, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY, policy);
2879 	spa_config_set(spa, mos_config);
2880 	spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_MOS;
2881 
2882 	/*
2883 	 * Now that we got the config from the MOS, we should be more strict
2884 	 * in checking blkptrs and can make assumptions about the consistency
2885 	 * of the vdev tree. spa_trust_config must be set to true before opening
2886 	 * vdevs in order for them to be writeable.
2887 	 */
2888 	spa->spa_trust_config = B_TRUE;
2889 
2890 	/*
2891 	 * Open and validate the new vdev tree
2892 	 */
2893 	error = spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa);
2894 	if (error != 0)
2895 		return (error);
2896 
2897 	error = spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa);
2898 	if (error != 0)
2899 		return (error);
2900 
2901 	if (copy_error != 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree) {
2902 		spa_load_note(spa, "final vdev tree:");
2903 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
2904 	}
2905 
2906 	if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT &&
2907 	    !spa->spa_extreme_rewind && zfs_max_missing_tvds == 0) {
2908 		/*
2909 		 * Sanity check to make sure that we are indeed loading the
2910 		 * latest uberblock. If we missed SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS tvds
2911 		 * in the config provided and they happened to be the only ones
2912 		 * to have the latest uberblock, we could involuntarily perform
2913 		 * an extreme rewind.
2914 		 */
2915 		healthy_tvds_mos = spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa);
2916 		if (healthy_tvds_mos - healthy_tvds >=
2917 		    SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS) {
2918 			spa_load_note(spa, "config provided misses too many "
2919 			    "top-level vdevs compared to MOS (%lld vs %lld). ",
2920 			    (u_longlong_t)healthy_tvds,
2921 			    (u_longlong_t)healthy_tvds_mos);
2922 			spa_load_note(spa, "vdev tree:");
2923 			vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
2924 			if (reloading) {
2925 				spa_load_failed(spa, "config was already "
2926 				    "provided from MOS. Aborting.");
2927 				return (spa_vdev_err(rvd,
2928 				    VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2929 			}
2930 			spa_load_note(spa, "spa must be reloaded using MOS "
2931 			    "config");
2932 			return (SET_ERROR(EAGAIN));
2933 		}
2934 	}
2935 
2936 	error = spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa);
2937 	if (error != 0)
2938 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM, ENXIO));
2939 
2940 	if (rvd->vdev_guid_sum != spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum) {
2941 		spa_load_failed(spa, "uberblock guid sum doesn't match MOS "
2942 		    "guid sum (%llu != %llu)",
2943 		    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum,
2944 		    (u_longlong_t)rvd->vdev_guid_sum);
2945 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM,
2946 		    ENXIO));
2947 	}
2948 
2949 	return (0);
2950 }
2951 
2952 static int
2953 spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa_t *spa)
2954 {
2955 	int error = 0;
2956 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2957 
2958 	/*
2959 	 * Everything that we read before spa_remove_init() must be stored
2960 	 * on concreted vdevs.  Therefore we do this as early as possible.
2961 	 */
2962 	error = spa_remove_init(spa);
2963 	if (error != 0) {
2964 		spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_remove_init failed [error=%d]",
2965 		    error);
2966 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2967 	}
2968 
2969 	/*
2970 	 * Retrieve information needed to condense indirect vdev mappings.
2971 	 */
2972 	error = spa_condense_init(spa);
2973 	if (error != 0) {
2974 		spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_condense_init failed [error=%d]",
2975 		    error);
2976 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, error));
2977 	}
2978 
2979 	return (0);
2980 }
2981 
2982 static int
2983 spa_ld_check_features(spa_t *spa, boolean_t *missing_feat_writep)
2984 {
2985 	int error = 0;
2986 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2987 
2988 	if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
2989 		boolean_t missing_feat_read = B_FALSE;
2990 		nvlist_t *unsup_feat, *enabled_feat;
2991 
2992 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ,
2993 		    &spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) {
2994 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2995 		}
2996 
2997 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE,
2998 		    &spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) {
2999 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3000 		}
3001 
3002 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS,
3003 		    &spa->spa_feat_desc_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) {
3004 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3005 		}
3006 
3007 		enabled_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
3008 		unsup_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
3009 
3010 		if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_FALSE,
3011 		    unsup_feat, enabled_feat))
3012 			missing_feat_read = B_TRUE;
3013 
3014 		if (spa_writeable(spa) ||
3015 		    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
3016 			if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_TRUE,
3017 			    unsup_feat, enabled_feat)) {
3018 				*missing_feat_writep = B_TRUE;
3019 			}
3020 		}
3021 
3022 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
3023 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT, enabled_feat);
3024 
3025 		if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
3026 			fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
3027 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat);
3028 		}
3029 
3030 		fnvlist_free(enabled_feat);
3031 		fnvlist_free(unsup_feat);
3032 
3033 		if (!missing_feat_read) {
3034 			fnvlist_add_boolean(spa->spa_load_info,
3035 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY);
3036 		}
3037 
3038 		/*
3039 		 * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is
3040 		 * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for
3041 		 * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the
3042 		 * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool
3043 		 * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed
3044 		 * as available in userland; if it is not available for import
3045 		 * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in
3046 		 * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only
3047 		 * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable
3048 		 * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually
3049 		 * available for open in read-only mode.
3050 		 *
3051 		 * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are
3052 		 * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether
3053 		 * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to
3054 		 * userland in order to know whether to display the
3055 		 * abovementioned note.
3056 		 */
3057 		if (missing_feat_read || (*missing_feat_writep &&
3058 		    spa_writeable(spa))) {
3059 			spa_load_failed(spa, "pool uses unsupported features");
3060 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
3061 			    ENOTSUP));
3062 		}
3063 
3064 		/*
3065 		 * Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory
3066 		 * cache during SPA initialization.
3067 		 */
3068 		for (spa_feature_t i = 0; i < SPA_FEATURES; i++) {
3069 			uint64_t refcount;
3070 
3071 			error = feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa,
3072 			    &spa_feature_table[i], &refcount);
3073 			if (error == 0) {
3074 				spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] = refcount;
3075 			} else if (error == ENOTSUP) {
3076 				spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] =
3077 				    SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED;
3078 			} else {
3079 				spa_load_failed(spa, "error getting refcount "
3080 				    "for feature %s [error=%d]",
3081 				    spa_feature_table[i].fi_guid, error);
3082 				return (spa_vdev_err(rvd,
3083 				    VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3084 			}
3085 		}
3086 	}
3087 
3088 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG)) {
3089 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG,
3090 		    &spa->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj, B_TRUE) != 0)
3091 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3092 	}
3093 
3094 	return (0);
3095 }
3096 
3097 static int
3098 spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa_t *spa)
3099 {
3100 	int error = 0;
3101 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3102 
3103 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
3104 	error = dsl_pool_open(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
3105 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
3106 	if (error != 0) {
3107 		spa_load_failed(spa, "dsl_pool_open failed [error=%d]", error);
3108 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3109 	}
3110 
3111 	return (0);
3112 }
3113 
3114 static int
3115 spa_ld_get_props(spa_t *spa)
3116 {
3117 	int error = 0;
3118 	uint64_t obj;
3119 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3120 
3121 	/* Grab the secret checksum salt from the MOS. */
3122 	error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
3123 	    DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
3124 	    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
3125 	    spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes);
3126 	if (error == ENOENT) {
3127 		/* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */
3128 		(void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
3129 		    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
3130 	} else if (error != 0) {
3131 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve checksum salt from "
3132 		    "MOS [error=%d]", error);
3133 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3134 	}
3135 
3136 	if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ, &obj, B_TRUE) != 0)
3137 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3138 	error = bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, spa->spa_meta_objset, obj);
3139 	if (error != 0) {
3140 		spa_load_failed(spa, "error opening deferred-frees bpobj "
3141 		    "[error=%d]", error);
3142 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3143 	}
3144 
3145 	/*
3146 	 * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function
3147 	 * (raid-z deflation).  If we have an older pool, this will not
3148 	 * be present.
3149 	 */
3150 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE, &spa->spa_deflate, B_FALSE);
3151 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3152 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3153 
3154 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
3155 	    &spa->spa_creation_version, B_FALSE);
3156 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3157 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3158 
3159 	/*
3160 	 * Load the persistent error log.  If we have an older pool, this will
3161 	 * not be present.
3162 	 */
3163 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST, &spa->spa_errlog_last,
3164 	    B_FALSE);
3165 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3166 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3167 
3168 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB,
3169 	    &spa->spa_errlog_scrub, B_FALSE);
3170 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3171 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3172 
3173 	/*
3174 	 * Load the history object.  If we have an older pool, this
3175 	 * will not be present.
3176 	 */
3177 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_HISTORY, &spa->spa_history, B_FALSE);
3178 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3179 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3180 
3181 	/*
3182 	 * Load the per-vdev ZAP map. If we have an older pool, this will not
3183 	 * be present; in this case, defer its creation to a later time to
3184 	 * avoid dirtying the MOS this early / out of sync context. See
3185 	 * spa_sync_config_object.
3186 	 */
3187 
3188 	/* The sentinel is only available in the MOS config. */
3189 	nvlist_t *mos_config;
3190 	if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &mos_config) != 0) {
3191 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
3192 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3193 	}
3194 
3195 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP,
3196 	    &spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, B_FALSE);
3197 
3198 	if (error == ENOENT) {
3199 		VERIFY(!nvlist_exists(mos_config,
3200 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS));
3201 		spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE;
3202 		ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev));
3203 	} else if (error != 0) {
3204 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3205 	} else if (!nvlist_exists(mos_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS)) {
3206 		/*
3207 		 * An older version of ZFS overwrote the sentinel value, so
3208 		 * we have orphaned per-vdev ZAPs in the MOS. Defer their
3209 		 * destruction to later; see spa_sync_config_object.
3210 		 */
3211 		spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY;
3212 		/*
3213 		 * We're assuming that no vdevs have had their ZAPs created
3214 		 * before this. Better be sure of it.
3215 		 */
3216 		ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev));
3217 	}
3218 	nvlist_free(mos_config);
3219 
3220 	spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
3221 
3222 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_PROPS, &spa->spa_pool_props_object,
3223 	    B_FALSE);
3224 	if (error && error != ENOENT)
3225 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3226 
3227 	if (error == 0) {
3228 		uint64_t autoreplace;
3229 
3230 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS, &spa->spa_bootfs);
3231 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE, &autoreplace);
3232 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION, &spa->spa_delegation);
3233 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE, &spa->spa_failmode);
3234 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND, &spa->spa_autoexpand);
3235 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO,
3236 		    &spa->spa_dedup_ditto);
3237 
3238 		spa->spa_autoreplace = (autoreplace != 0);
3239 	}
3240 
3241 	/*
3242 	 * If we are importing a pool with missing top-level vdevs,
3243 	 * we enforce that the pool doesn't panic or get suspended on
3244 	 * error since the likelihood of missing data is extremely high.
3245 	 */
3246 	if (spa->spa_missing_tvds > 0 &&
3247 	    spa->spa_failmode != ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE &&
3248 	    spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
3249 		spa_load_note(spa, "forcing failmode to 'continue' "
3250 		    "as some top level vdevs are missing");
3251 		spa->spa_failmode = ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE;
3252 	}
3253 
3254 	return (0);
3255 }
3256 
3257 static int
3258 spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
3259 {
3260 	int error = 0;
3261 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3262 
3263 	/*
3264 	 * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of
3265 	 * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache
3266 	 * devices.
3267 	 */
3268 
3269 	/*
3270 	 * Load any hot spares for this pool.
3271 	 */
3272 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SPARES, &spa->spa_spares.sav_object,
3273 	    B_FALSE);
3274 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3275 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3276 	if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
3277 		ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
3278 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_object,
3279 		    &spa->spa_spares.sav_config) != 0) {
3280 			spa_load_failed(spa, "error loading spares nvlist");
3281 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3282 		}
3283 
3284 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3285 		spa_load_spares(spa);
3286 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3287 	} else if (error == 0) {
3288 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
3289 	}
3290 
3291 	/*
3292 	 * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool.
3293 	 */
3294 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE,
3295 	    &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object, B_FALSE);
3296 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3297 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3298 	if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
3299 		ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE);
3300 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object,
3301 		    &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) != 0) {
3302 			spa_load_failed(spa, "error loading l2cache nvlist");
3303 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3304 		}
3305 
3306 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3307 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
3308 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3309 	} else if (error == 0) {
3310 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
3311 	}
3312 
3313 	return (0);
3314 }
3315 
3316 static int
3317 spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa_t *spa)
3318 {
3319 	int error = 0;
3320 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3321 
3322 	/*
3323 	 * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying
3324 	 * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable
3325 	 * devices.  We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any
3326 	 * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take
3327 	 * over.
3328 	 */
3329 	if (spa->spa_autoreplace && spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
3330 		spa_check_removed(spa->spa_root_vdev);
3331 		/*
3332 		 * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because
3333 		 * at this point we're using the spare definitions from
3334 		 * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config.
3335 		 */
3336 		if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_IMPORT) {
3337 			spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
3338 			spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
3339 		}
3340 	}
3341 
3342 	/*
3343 	 * Load the vdev metadata such as metaslabs, DTLs, spacemap object, etc.
3344 	 */
3345 	error = vdev_load(rvd);
3346 	if (error != 0) {
3347 		spa_load_failed(spa, "vdev_load failed [error=%d]", error);
3348 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, error));
3349 	}
3350 
3351 	/*
3352 	 * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the vdev tree.
3353 	 */
3354 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3355 	vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd, 0, 0, B_FALSE);
3356 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3357 
3358 	return (0);
3359 }
3360 
3361 static int
3362 spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa_t *spa)
3363 {
3364 	int error = 0;
3365 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3366 
3367 	error = ddt_load(spa);
3368 	if (error != 0) {
3369 		spa_load_failed(spa, "ddt_load failed [error=%d]", error);
3370 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3371 	}
3372 
3373 	return (0);
3374 }
3375 
3376 static int
3377 spa_ld_verify_logs(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport)
3378 {
3379 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3380 
3381 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa_writeable(spa)) {
3382 		boolean_t missing = spa_check_logs(spa);
3383 		if (missing) {
3384 			if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0) {
3385 				spa_load_note(spa, "spa_check_logs failed "
3386 				    "so dropping the logs");
3387 			} else {
3388 				*ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY;
3389 				spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_check_logs failed");
3390 				return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG,
3391 				    ENXIO));
3392 			}
3393 		}
3394 	}
3395 
3396 	return (0);
3397 }
3398 
3399 static int
3400 spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa_t *spa)
3401 {
3402 	int error = 0;
3403 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3404 
3405 	/*
3406 	 * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready
3407 	 * to start pushing transactions.
3408 	 */
3409 	if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
3410 		error = spa_load_verify(spa);
3411 		if (error != 0) {
3412 			spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_load_verify failed "
3413 			    "[error=%d]", error);
3414 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
3415 			    error));
3416 		}
3417 	}
3418 
3419 	return (0);
3420 }
3421 
3422 static void
3423 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa_t *spa)
3424 {
3425 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
3426 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
3427 
3428 	/*
3429 	 * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet.
3430 	 * This must all happen in a single txg.
3431 	 * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(),
3432 	 * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback.
3433 	 * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log.
3434 	 */
3435 	spa->spa_claiming = B_TRUE;
3436 
3437 	tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, spa_first_txg(spa));
3438 	(void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
3439 	    zil_claim, tx, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
3440 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
3441 
3442 	spa->spa_claiming = B_FALSE;
3443 
3444 	spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_GOOD);
3445 }
3446 
3447 static void
3448 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa_t *spa, uint64_t config_cache_txg,
3449     boolean_t update_config_cache)
3450 {
3451 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3452 	int need_update = B_FALSE;
3453 
3454 	/*
3455 	 * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized
3456 	 * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config.
3457 	 *
3458 	 * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current
3459 	 * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels.
3460 	 */
3461 	if (update_config_cache || config_cache_txg != spa->spa_config_txg ||
3462 	    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
3463 	    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
3464 	    (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM))
3465 		need_update = B_TRUE;
3466 
3467 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++)
3468 		if (rvd->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ms_array == 0)
3469 			need_update = B_TRUE;
3470 
3471 	/*
3472 	 * Update the config cache asychronously in case we're the
3473 	 * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet.
3474 	 */
3475 	if (need_update)
3476 		spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
3477 }
3478 
3479 static void
3480 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa_t *spa)
3481 {
3482 	int mode = spa->spa_mode;
3483 	int async_suspended = spa->spa_async_suspended;
3484 
3485 	spa_unload(spa);
3486 	spa_deactivate(spa);
3487 	spa_activate(spa, mode);
3488 
3489 	/*
3490 	 * We save the value of spa_async_suspended as it gets reset to 0 by
3491 	 * spa_unload(). We want to restore it back to the original value before
3492 	 * returning as we might be calling spa_async_resume() later.
3493 	 */
3494 	spa->spa_async_suspended = async_suspended;
3495 }
3496 
3497 static int
3498 spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa_t *spa)
3499 {
3500 	uberblock_t checkpoint;
3501 	int error = 0;
3502 
3503 	ASSERT0(spa->spa_checkpoint_txg);
3504 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
3505 
3506 	error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
3507 	    DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT, sizeof (uint64_t),
3508 	    sizeof (uberblock_t) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint);
3509 
3510 	if (error == ENOENT)
3511 		return (0);
3512 
3513 	if (error != 0)
3514 		return (error);
3515 
3516 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, !=, 0);
3517 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_checkpoint_txg, !=, 0);
3518 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_timestamp, !=, 0);
3519 	spa->spa_checkpoint_txg = checkpoint.ub_txg;
3520 	spa->spa_checkpoint_info.sci_timestamp = checkpoint.ub_timestamp;
3521 
3522 	return (0);
3523 }
3524 
3525 static int
3526 spa_ld_mos_init(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
3527 {
3528 	int error = 0;
3529 
3530 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
3531 	ASSERT(spa->spa_config_source != SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE);
3532 
3533 	/*
3534 	 * Never trust the config that is provided unless we are assembling
3535 	 * a pool following a split.
3536 	 * This means don't trust blkptrs and the vdev tree in general. This
3537 	 * also effectively puts the spa in read-only mode since
3538 	 * spa_writeable() checks for spa_trust_config to be true.
3539 	 * We will later load a trusted config from the MOS.
3540 	 */
3541 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE)
3542 		spa->spa_trust_config = B_FALSE;
3543 
3544 	/*
3545 	 * Parse the config provided to create a vdev tree.
3546 	 */
3547 	error = spa_ld_parse_config(spa, type);
3548 	if (error != 0)
3549 		return (error);
3550 
3551 	/*
3552 	 * Now that we have the vdev tree, try to open each vdev. This involves
3553 	 * opening the underlying physical device, retrieving its geometry and
3554 	 * probing the vdev with a dummy I/O. The state of each vdev will be set
3555 	 * based on the success of those operations. After this we'll be ready
3556 	 * to read from the vdevs.
3557 	 */
3558 	error = spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa);
3559 	if (error != 0)
3560 		return (error);
3561 
3562 	/*
3563 	 * Read the label of each vdev and make sure that the GUIDs stored
3564 	 * there match the GUIDs in the config provided.
3565 	 * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an
3566 	 * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip
3567 	 * validation for now.
3568 	 */
3569 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
3570 		error = spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa);
3571 		if (error != 0)
3572 			return (error);
3573 	}
3574 
3575 	/*
3576 	 * Read all vdev labels to find the best uberblock (i.e. latest,
3577 	 * unless spa_load_max_txg is set) and store it in spa_uberblock. We
3578 	 * get the list of features required to read blkptrs in the MOS from
3579 	 * the vdev label with the best uberblock and verify that our version
3580 	 * of zfs supports them all.
3581 	 */
3582 	error = spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa, type);
3583 	if (error != 0)
3584 		return (error);
3585 
3586 	/*
3587 	 * Pass that uberblock to the dsl_pool layer which will open the root
3588 	 * blkptr. This blkptr points to the latest version of the MOS and will
3589 	 * allow us to read its contents.
3590 	 */
3591 	error = spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa);
3592 	if (error != 0)
3593 		return (error);
3594 
3595 	return (0);
3596 }
3597 
3598 static int
3599 spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa_t *spa)
3600 {
3601 	uberblock_t checkpoint;
3602 	int error = 0;
3603 
3604 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
3605 	ASSERT(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT);
3606 
3607 	error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
3608 	    DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT, sizeof (uint64_t),
3609 	    sizeof (uberblock_t) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint);
3610 
3611 	if (error != 0) {
3612 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve checkpointed "
3613 		    "uberblock from the MOS config [error=%d]", error);
3614 
3615 		if (error == ENOENT)
3616 			error = ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT;
3617 
3618 		return (error);
3619 	}
3620 
3621 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, <, spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg);
3622 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, ==, checkpoint.ub_checkpoint_txg);
3623 
3624 	/*
3625 	 * We need to update the txg and timestamp of the checkpointed
3626 	 * uberblock to be higher than the latest one. This ensures that
3627 	 * the checkpointed uberblock is selected if we were to close and
3628 	 * reopen the pool right after we've written it in the vdev labels.
3629 	 * (also see block comment in vdev_uberblock_compare)
3630 	 */
3631 	checkpoint.ub_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg + 1;
3632 	checkpoint.ub_timestamp = gethrestime_sec();
3633 
3634 	/*
3635 	 * Set current uberblock to be the checkpointed uberblock.
3636 	 */
3637 	spa->spa_uberblock = checkpoint;
3638 
3639 	/*
3640 	 * If we are doing a normal rewind, then the pool is open for
3641 	 * writing and we sync the "updated" checkpointed uberblock to
3642 	 * disk. Once this is done, we've basically rewound the whole
3643 	 * pool and there is no way back.
3644 	 *
3645 	 * There are cases when we don't want to attempt and sync the
3646 	 * checkpointed uberblock to disk because we are opening a
3647 	 * pool as read-only. Specifically, verifying the checkpointed
3648 	 * state with zdb, and importing the checkpointed state to get
3649 	 * a "preview" of its content.
3650 	 */
3651 	if (spa_writeable(spa)) {
3652 		vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3653 
3654 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3655 		vdev_t *svd[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS] = { NULL };
3656 		int svdcount = 0;
3657 		int children = rvd->vdev_children;
3658 		int c0 = spa_get_random(children);
3659 
3660 		for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
3661 			vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children];
3662 
3663 			/* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
3664 			if (c > 0 && svd[0] == vd)
3665 				break;
3666 
3667 			if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 || vd->vdev_islog ||
3668 			    !vdev_is_concrete(vd))
3669 				continue;
3670 
3671 			svd[svdcount++] = vd;
3672 			if (svdcount == SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS)
3673 				break;
3674 		}
3675 		error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, spa->spa_first_txg);
3676 		if (error == 0)
3677 			spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid;
3678 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3679 
3680 		if (error != 0) {
3681 			spa_load_failed(spa, "failed to write checkpointed "
3682 			    "uberblock to the vdev labels [error=%d]", error);
3683 			return (error);
3684 		}
3685 	}
3686 
3687 	return (0);
3688 }
3689 
3690 static int
3691 spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type,
3692     boolean_t *update_config_cache)
3693 {
3694 	int error;
3695 
3696 	/*
3697 	 * Parse the config for pool, open and validate vdevs,
3698 	 * select an uberblock, and use that uberblock to open
3699 	 * the MOS.
3700 	 */
3701 	error = spa_ld_mos_init(spa, type);
3702 	if (error != 0)
3703 		return (error);
3704 
3705 	/*
3706 	 * Retrieve the trusted config stored in the MOS and use it to create
3707 	 * a new, exact version of the vdev tree, then reopen all vdevs.
3708 	 */
3709 	error = spa_ld_trusted_config(spa, type, B_FALSE);
3710 	if (error == EAGAIN) {
3711 		if (update_config_cache != NULL)
3712 			*update_config_cache = B_TRUE;
3713 
3714 		/*
3715 		 * Redo the loading process with the trusted config if it is
3716 		 * too different from the untrusted config.
3717 		 */
3718 		spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa);
3719 		spa_load_note(spa, "RELOADING");
3720 		error = spa_ld_mos_init(spa, type);
3721 		if (error != 0)
3722 			return (error);
3723 
3724 		error = spa_ld_trusted_config(spa, type, B_TRUE);
3725 		if (error != 0)
3726 			return (error);
3727 
3728 	} else if (error != 0) {
3729 		return (error);
3730 	}
3731 
3732 	return (0);
3733 }
3734 
3735 /*
3736  * Load an existing storage pool, using the config provided. This config
3737  * describes which vdevs are part of the pool and is later validated against
3738  * partial configs present in each vdev's label and an entire copy of the
3739  * config stored in the MOS.
3740  */
3741 static int
3742 spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport)
3743 {
3744 	int error = 0;
3745 	boolean_t missing_feat_write = B_FALSE;
3746 	boolean_t checkpoint_rewind =
3747 	    (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT);
3748 	boolean_t update_config_cache = B_FALSE;
3749 
3750 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
3751 	ASSERT(spa->spa_config_source != SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE);
3752 
3753 	spa_load_note(spa, "LOADING");
3754 
3755 	error = spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa, type, &update_config_cache);
3756 	if (error != 0)
3757 		return (error);
3758 
3759 	/*
3760 	 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint then we need to repeat
3761 	 * everything we've done so far in this function but this time
3762 	 * selecting the checkpointed uberblock and using that to open
3763 	 * the MOS.
3764 	 */
3765 	if (checkpoint_rewind) {
3766 		/*
3767 		 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint update config cache
3768 		 * anyway.
3769 		 */
3770 		update_config_cache = B_TRUE;
3771 
3772 		/*
3773 		 * Extract the checkpointed uberblock from the current MOS
3774 		 * and use this as the pool's uberblock from now on. If the
3775 		 * pool is imported as writeable we also write the checkpoint
3776 		 * uberblock to the labels, making the rewind permanent.
3777 		 */
3778 		error = spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa);
3779 		if (error != 0)
3780 			return (error);
3781 
3782 		/*
3783 		 * Redo the loading process process again with the
3784 		 * checkpointed uberblock.
3785 		 */
3786 		spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa);
3787 		spa_load_note(spa, "LOADING checkpointed uberblock");
3788 		error = spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa, type, NULL);
3789 		if (error != 0)
3790 			return (error);
3791 	}
3792 
3793 	/*
3794 	 * Retrieve the checkpoint txg if the pool has a checkpoint.
3795 	 */
3796 	error = spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa);
3797 	if (error != 0)
3798 		return (error);
3799 
3800 	/*
3801 	 * Retrieve the mapping of indirect vdevs. Those vdevs were removed
3802 	 * from the pool and their contents were re-mapped to other vdevs. Note
3803 	 * that everything that we read before this step must have been
3804 	 * rewritten on concrete vdevs after the last device removal was
3805 	 * initiated. Otherwise we could be reading from indirect vdevs before
3806 	 * we have loaded their mappings.
3807 	 */
3808 	error = spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa);
3809 	if (error != 0)
3810 		return (error);
3811 
3812 	/*
3813 	 * Retrieve the full list of active features from the MOS and check if
3814 	 * they are all supported.
3815 	 */
3816 	error = spa_ld_check_features(spa, &missing_feat_write);
3817 	if (error != 0)
3818 		return (error);
3819 
3820 	/*
3821 	 * Load several special directories from the MOS needed by the dsl_pool
3822 	 * layer.
3823 	 */
3824 	error = spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa);
3825 	if (error != 0)
3826 		return (error);
3827 
3828 	/*
3829 	 * Retrieve pool properties from the MOS.
3830 	 */
3831 	error = spa_ld_get_props(spa);
3832 	if (error != 0)
3833 		return (error);
3834 
3835 	/*
3836 	 * Retrieve the list of auxiliary devices - cache devices and spares -
3837 	 * and open them.
3838 	 */
3839 	error = spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa, type);
3840 	if (error != 0)
3841 		return (error);
3842 
3843 	/*
3844 	 * Load the metadata for all vdevs. Also check if unopenable devices
3845 	 * should be autoreplaced.
3846 	 */
3847 	error = spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa);
3848 	if (error != 0)
3849 		return (error);
3850 
3851 	error = spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa);
3852 	if (error != 0)
3853 		return (error);
3854 
3855 	/*
3856 	 * Verify the logs now to make sure we don't have any unexpected errors
3857 	 * when we claim log blocks later.
3858 	 */
3859 	error = spa_ld_verify_logs(spa, type, ereport);
3860 	if (error != 0)
3861 		return (error);
3862 
3863 	if (missing_feat_write) {
3864 		ASSERT(spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
3865 
3866 		/*
3867 		 * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in
3868 		 * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough
3869 		 * information and can return to userland.
3870 		 */
3871 		return (spa_vdev_err(spa->spa_root_vdev, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
3872 		    ENOTSUP));
3873 	}
3874 
3875 	/*
3876 	 * Traverse the last txgs to make sure the pool was left off in a safe
3877 	 * state. When performing an extreme rewind, we verify the whole pool,
3878 	 * which can take a very long time.
3879 	 */
3880 	error = spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa);
3881 	if (error != 0)
3882 		return (error);
3883 
3884 	/*
3885 	 * Calculate the deflated space for the pool. This must be done before
3886 	 * we write anything to the pool because we'd need to update the space
3887 	 * accounting using the deflated sizes.
3888 	 */
3889 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
3890 
3891 	/*
3892 	 * We have now retrieved all the information we needed to open the
3893 	 * pool. If we are importing the pool in read-write mode, a few
3894 	 * additional steps must be performed to finish the import.
3895 	 */
3896 	if (spa_writeable(spa) && (spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
3897 	    spa->spa_load_max_txg == UINT64_MAX)) {
3898 		uint64_t config_cache_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
3899 
3900 		ASSERT(spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
3901 
3902 		/*
3903 		 * In case of a checkpoint rewind, log the original txg
3904 		 * of the checkpointed uberblock.
3905 		 */
3906 		if (checkpoint_rewind) {
3907 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "checkpoint rewind",
3908 			    NULL, "rewound state to txg=%llu",
3909 			    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_uberblock.ub_checkpoint_txg);
3910 		}
3911 
3912 		/*
3913 		 * Traverse the ZIL and claim all blocks.
3914 		 */
3915 		spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa);
3916 
3917 		/*
3918 		 * Kick-off the syncing thread.
3919 		 */
3920 		spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
3921 		txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
3922 
3923 		/*
3924 		 * Wait for all claims to sync.  We sync up to the highest
3925 		 * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks
3926 		 * don't appear to be from the future.  spa_claim_max_txg
3927 		 * will have been set for us by ZIL traversal operations
3928 		 * performed above.
3929 		 */
3930 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, spa->spa_claim_max_txg);
3931 
3932 		/*
3933 		 * Check if we need to request an update of the config. On the
3934 		 * next sync, we would update the config stored in vdev labels
3935 		 * and the cachefile (by default /etc/zfs/zpool.cache).
3936 		 */
3937 		spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa, config_cache_txg,
3938 		    update_config_cache);
3939 
3940 		/*
3941 		 * Check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering.
3942 		 */
3943 		if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool) &&
3944 		    vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL))
3945 			spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER);
3946 
3947 		/*
3948 		 * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if
3949 		 * we rebooted in the middle of an operation).
3950 		 */
3951 		spa_history_log_version(spa, "open");
3952 
3953 		/*
3954 		 * Delete any inconsistent datasets.
3955 		 */
3956 		(void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa),
3957 		    dsl_destroy_inconsistent, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
3958 
3959 		/*
3960 		 * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs.
3961 		 */
3962 		dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
3963 
3964 		spa_restart_removal(spa);
3965 
3966 		spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa);
3967 
3968 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
3969 		vdev_initialize_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev);
3970 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
3971 	}
3972 
3973 	spa_load_note(spa, "LOADED");
3974 
3975 	return (0);
3976 }
3977 
3978 static int
3979 spa_load_retry(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state)
3980 {
3981 	int mode = spa->spa_mode;
3982 
3983 	spa_unload(spa);
3984 	spa_deactivate(spa);
3985 
3986 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg - 1;
3987 
3988 	spa_activate(spa, mode);
3989 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
3990 
3991 	spa_load_note(spa, "spa_load_retry: rewind, max txg: %llu",
3992 	    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_load_max_txg);
3993 
3994 	return (spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING));
3995 }
3996 
3997 /*
3998  * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If
3999  * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool
4000  * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this
4001  * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as
4002  * spa_load().
4003  */
4004 static int
4005 spa_load_best(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, uint64_t max_request,
4006     int rewind_flags)
4007 {
4008 	nvlist_t *loadinfo = NULL;
4009 	nvlist_t *config = NULL;
4010 	int load_error, rewind_error;
4011 	uint64_t safe_rewind_txg;
4012 	uint64_t min_txg;
4013 
4014 	if (spa->spa_load_txg && state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
4015 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_load_txg;
4016 		spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
4017 	} else {
4018 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = max_request;
4019 		if (max_request != UINT64_MAX)
4020 			spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
4021 	}
4022 
4023 	load_error = rewind_error = spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING);
4024 	if (load_error == 0)
4025 		return (0);
4026 	if (load_error == ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT) {
4027 		/*
4028 		 * When attempting checkpoint-rewind on a pool with no
4029 		 * checkpoint, we should not attempt to load uberblocks
4030 		 * from previous txgs when spa_load fails.
4031 		 */
4032 		ASSERT(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT);
4033 		return (load_error);
4034 	}
4035 
4036 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL)
4037 		config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
4038 
4039 	spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
4040 	spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
4041 
4042 	if (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND) {
4043 		nvlist_free(config);
4044 		return (load_error);
4045 	}
4046 
4047 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
4048 		/* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */
4049 		spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
4050 	} else {
4051 		/*
4052 		 * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first
4053 		 * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting
4054 		 * to rewind.
4055 		 */
4056 		loadinfo = spa->spa_load_info;
4057 		spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
4058 	}
4059 
4060 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg;
4061 	safe_rewind_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg - TXG_DEFER_SIZE;
4062 	min_txg = (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND) ?
4063 	    TXG_INITIAL : safe_rewind_txg;
4064 
4065 	/*
4066 	 * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within
4067 	 * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks
4068 	 */
4069 	while (rewind_error && spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg >= min_txg &&
4070 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg <= spa->spa_load_max_txg) {
4071 		if (spa->spa_load_max_txg < safe_rewind_txg)
4072 			spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
4073 		rewind_error = spa_load_retry(spa, state);
4074 	}
4075 
4076 	spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_FALSE;
4077 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = UINT64_MAX;
4078 
4079 	if (config && (rewind_error || state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER))
4080 		spa_config_set(spa, config);
4081 	else
4082 		nvlist_free(config);
4083 
4084 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
4085 		ASSERT3P(loadinfo, ==, NULL);
4086 		return (rewind_error);
4087 	} else {
4088 		/* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */
4089 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO,
4090 		    spa->spa_load_info);
4091 
4092 		/* Restore the initial load info */
4093 		fnvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
4094 		spa->spa_load_info = loadinfo;
4095 
4096 		return (load_error);
4097 	}
4098 }
4099 
4100 /*
4101  * Pool Open/Import
4102  *
4103  * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent
4104  * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache.  For the
4105  * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the
4106  * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state.
4107  *
4108  * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at
4109  * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some
4110  * ambiguous state.
4111  */
4112 static int
4113 spa_open_common(const char *pool, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *nvpolicy,
4114     nvlist_t **config)
4115 {
4116 	spa_t *spa;
4117 	spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_OPEN;
4118 	int error;
4119 	int locked = B_FALSE;
4120 	int firstopen = B_FALSE;
4121 
4122 	*spapp = NULL;
4123 
4124 	/*
4125 	 * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this
4126 	 * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends
4127 	 * up calling spa_open() again.  The real fix is to figure out how to
4128 	 * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place.
4129 	 */
4130 	if (mutex_owner(&spa_namespace_lock) != curthread) {
4131 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4132 		locked = B_TRUE;
4133 	}
4134 
4135 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
4136 		if (locked)
4137 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4138 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
4139 	}
4140 
4141 	if (spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
4142 		zpool_load_policy_t policy;
4143 
4144 		firstopen = B_TRUE;
4145 
4146 		zpool_get_load_policy(nvpolicy ? nvpolicy : spa->spa_config,
4147 		    &policy);
4148 		if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
4149 			state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
4150 
4151 		spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
4152 
4153 		if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER)
4154 			spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
4155 		spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE;
4156 
4157 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_open_common: opening %s", pool);
4158 		error = spa_load_best(spa, state, policy.zlp_txg,
4159 		    policy.zlp_rewind);
4160 
4161 		if (error == EBADF) {
4162 			/*
4163 			 * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by
4164 			 * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates
4165 			 * that the pool has been exported or destroyed.  If
4166 			 * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and
4167 			 * we should remove the pool from the namespace.
4168 			 */
4169 			spa_unload(spa);
4170 			spa_deactivate(spa);
4171 			spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
4172 			spa_remove(spa);
4173 			if (locked)
4174 				mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4175 			return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
4176 		}
4177 
4178 		if (error) {
4179 			/*
4180 			 * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful
4181 			 * information: the state of each vdev after the
4182 			 * attempted vdev_open().  Return this to the user.
4183 			 */
4184 			if (config != NULL && spa->spa_config) {
4185 				VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, config,
4186 				    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4187 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config,
4188 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
4189 				    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
4190 			}
4191 			spa_unload(spa);
4192 			spa_deactivate(spa);
4193 			spa->spa_last_open_failed = error;
4194 			if (locked)
4195 				mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4196 			*spapp = NULL;
4197 			return (error);
4198 		}
4199 	}
4200 
4201 	spa_open_ref(spa, tag);
4202 
4203 	if (config != NULL)
4204 		*config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
4205 
4206 	/*
4207 	 * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we
4208 	 * gathered while doing the load.
4209 	 */
4210 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
4211 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
4212 		    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
4213 	}
4214 
4215 	if (locked) {
4216 		spa->spa_last_open_failed = 0;
4217 		spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = 0;
4218 		spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
4219 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4220 #ifdef __FreeBSD__
4221 #ifdef _KERNEL
4222 		if (firstopen)
4223 			zvol_create_minors(spa->spa_name);
4224 #endif
4225 #endif
4226 	}
4227 
4228 	*spapp = spa;
4229 
4230 	return (0);
4231 }
4232 
4233 int
4234 spa_open_rewind(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *policy,
4235     nvlist_t **config)
4236 {
4237 	return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, policy, config));
4238 }
4239 
4240 int
4241 spa_open(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag)
4242 {
4243 	return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, NULL, NULL));
4244 }
4245 
4246 /*
4247  * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process,
4248  * preventing it from being exported or destroyed.
4249  */
4250 spa_t *
4251 spa_inject_addref(char *name)
4252 {
4253 	spa_t *spa;
4254 
4255 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4256 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(name)) == NULL) {
4257 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4258 		return (NULL);
4259 	}
4260 	spa->spa_inject_ref++;
4261 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4262 
4263 	return (spa);
4264 }
4265 
4266 void
4267 spa_inject_delref(spa_t *spa)
4268 {
4269 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4270 	spa->spa_inject_ref--;
4271 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4272 }
4273 
4274 /*
4275  * Add spares device information to the nvlist.
4276  */
4277 static void
4278 spa_add_spares(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
4279 {
4280 	nvlist_t **spares;
4281 	uint_t i, nspares;
4282 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
4283 	uint64_t guid;
4284 	vdev_stat_t *vs;
4285 	uint_t vsc;
4286 	uint64_t pool;
4287 
4288 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
4289 
4290 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_count == 0)
4291 		return;
4292 
4293 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
4294 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
4295 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
4296 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
4297 	if (nspares != 0) {
4298 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
4299 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
4300 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
4301 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
4302 
4303 		/*
4304 		 * Go through and find any spares which have since been
4305 		 * repurposed as an active spare.  If this is the case, update
4306 		 * their status appropriately.
4307 		 */
4308 		for (i = 0; i < nspares; i++) {
4309 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(spares[i],
4310 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
4311 			if (spa_spare_exists(guid, &pool, NULL) &&
4312 			    pool != 0ULL) {
4313 				VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(
4314 				    spares[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS,
4315 				    (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc) == 0);
4316 				vs->vs_state = VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN;
4317 				vs->vs_aux = VDEV_AUX_SPARED;
4318 			}
4319 		}
4320 	}
4321 }
4322 
4323 /*
4324  * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats.
4325  */
4326 static void
4327 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
4328 {
4329 	nvlist_t **l2cache;
4330 	uint_t i, j, nl2cache;
4331 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
4332 	uint64_t guid;
4333 	vdev_t *vd;
4334 	vdev_stat_t *vs;
4335 	uint_t vsc;
4336 
4337 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
4338 
4339 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count == 0)
4340 		return;
4341 
4342 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
4343 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
4344 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
4345 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
4346 	if (nl2cache != 0) {
4347 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
4348 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
4349 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
4350 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
4351 
4352 		/*
4353 		 * Update level 2 cache device stats.
4354 		 */
4355 
4356 		for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
4357 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i],
4358 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
4359 
4360 			vd = NULL;
4361 			for (j = 0; j < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; j++) {
4362 				if (guid ==
4363 				    spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j]->vdev_guid) {
4364 					vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j];
4365 					break;
4366 				}
4367 			}
4368 			ASSERT(vd != NULL);
4369 
4370 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache[i],
4371 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS, (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc)
4372 			    == 0);
4373 			vdev_get_stats(vd, vs);
4374 		}
4375 	}
4376 }
4377 
4378 static void
4379 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *features)
4380 {
4381 	zap_cursor_t zc;
4382 	zap_attribute_t za;
4383 
4384 	/* We may be unable to read features if pool is suspended. */
4385 	if (spa_suspended(spa))
4386 		return;
4387 
4388 	if (spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj != 0) {
4389 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
4390 		    spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj);
4391 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
4392 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
4393 			ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
4394 			    za.za_num_integers == 1);
4395 			VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
4396 			    za.za_first_integer));
4397 		}
4398 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
4399 	}
4400 
4401 	if (spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj != 0) {
4402 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
4403 		    spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj);
4404 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
4405 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
4406 			ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
4407 			    za.za_num_integers == 1);
4408 			VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
4409 			    za.za_first_integer));
4410 		}
4411 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
4412 	}
4413 }
4414 
4415 static void
4416 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *features)
4417 {
4418 	int i;
4419 
4420 	for (i = 0; i < SPA_FEATURES; i++) {
4421 		zfeature_info_t feature = spa_feature_table[i];
4422 		uint64_t refcount;
4423 
4424 		if (feature_get_refcount(spa, &feature, &refcount) != 0)
4425 			continue;
4426 
4427 		VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features, feature.fi_guid, refcount));
4428 	}
4429 }
4430 
4431 /*
4432  * Store a list of pool features and their reference counts in the
4433  * config.
4434  *
4435  * The first time this is called on a spa, allocate a new nvlist, fetch
4436  * the pool features and reference counts from disk, then save the list
4437  * in the spa. In subsequent calls on the same spa use the saved nvlist
4438  * and refresh its values from the cached reference counts.  This
4439  * ensures we don't block here on I/O on a suspended pool so 'zpool
4440  * clear' can resume the pool.
4441  */
4442 static void
4443 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
4444 {
4445 	nvlist_t *features;
4446 
4447 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
4448 
4449 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_feat_stats_lock);
4450 	features = spa->spa_feat_stats;
4451 
4452 	if (features != NULL) {
4453 		spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa, features);
4454 	} else {
4455 		VERIFY0(nvlist_alloc(&features, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP));
4456 		spa->spa_feat_stats = features;
4457 		spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa, features);
4458 	}
4459 
4460 	VERIFY0(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS,
4461 	    features));
4462 
4463 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_feat_stats_lock);
4464 }
4465 
4466 int
4467 spa_get_stats(const char *name, nvlist_t **config,
4468     char *altroot, size_t buflen)
4469 {
4470 	int error;
4471 	spa_t *spa;
4472 
4473 	*config = NULL;
4474 	error = spa_open_common(name, &spa, FTAG, NULL, config);
4475 
4476 	if (spa != NULL) {
4477 		/*
4478 		 * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares
4479 		 * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be
4480 		 * self-inconsistent.
4481 		 */
4482 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
4483 
4484 		if (*config != NULL) {
4485 			uint64_t loadtimes[2];
4486 
4487 			loadtimes[0] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec;
4488 			loadtimes[1] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec;
4489 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(*config,
4490 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME, loadtimes, 2) == 0);
4491 
4492 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
4493 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT,
4494 			    spa_get_errlog_size(spa)) == 0);
4495 
4496 			if (spa_suspended(spa))
4497 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
4498 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED,
4499 				    spa->spa_failmode) == 0);
4500 
4501 			spa_add_spares(spa, *config);
4502 			spa_add_l2cache(spa, *config);
4503 			spa_add_feature_stats(spa, *config);
4504 		}
4505 	}
4506 
4507 	/*
4508 	 * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat
4509 	 * and call spa_lookup() directly.
4510 	 */
4511 	if (altroot) {
4512 		if (spa == NULL) {
4513 			mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4514 			spa = spa_lookup(name);
4515 			if (spa)
4516 				spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
4517 			else
4518 				altroot[0] = '\0';
4519 			spa = NULL;
4520 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4521 		} else {
4522 			spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
4523 		}
4524 	}
4525 
4526 	if (spa != NULL) {
4527 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
4528 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
4529 	}
4530 
4531 	return (error);
4532 }
4533 
4534 /*
4535  * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed.  We must have an
4536  * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev.  If this is an
4537  * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be
4538  * specified, as long as they are well-formed.
4539  */
4540 static int
4541 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode,
4542     spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, const char *config, uint64_t version,
4543     vdev_labeltype_t label)
4544 {
4545 	nvlist_t **dev;
4546 	uint_t i, ndev;
4547 	vdev_t *vd;
4548 	int error;
4549 
4550 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
4551 
4552 	/*
4553 	 * It's acceptable to have no devs specified.
4554 	 */
4555 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, &dev, &ndev) != 0)
4556 		return (0);
4557 
4558 	if (ndev == 0)
4559 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
4560 
4561 	/*
4562 	 * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this
4563 	 * device type.
4564 	 */
4565 	if (spa_version(spa) < version)
4566 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
4567 
4568 	/*
4569 	 * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use
4570 	 * checking.
4571 	 */
4572 	sav->sav_pending = dev;
4573 	sav->sav_npending = ndev;
4574 
4575 	for (i = 0; i < ndev; i++) {
4576 		if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, dev[i], NULL, 0,
4577 		    mode)) != 0)
4578 			goto out;
4579 
4580 		if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
4581 			vdev_free(vd);
4582 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
4583 			goto out;
4584 		}
4585 
4586 		/*
4587 		 * The L2ARC currently only supports disk devices in
4588 		 * kernel context.  For user-level testing, we allow it.
4589 		 */
4590 #ifdef _KERNEL
4591 		if ((strcmp(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE) == 0) &&
4592 		    strcmp(vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_type, VDEV_TYPE_DISK) != 0) {
4593 			error = SET_ERROR(ENOTBLK);
4594 			vdev_free(vd);
4595 			goto out;
4596 		}
4597 #endif
4598 		vd->vdev_top = vd;
4599 
4600 		if ((error = vdev_open(vd)) == 0 &&
4601 		    (error = vdev_label_init(vd, crtxg, label)) == 0) {
4602 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(dev[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
4603 			    vd->vdev_guid) == 0);
4604 		}
4605 
4606 		vdev_free(vd);
4607 
4608 		if (error &&
4609 		    (mode != VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE && mode != VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE))
4610 			goto out;
4611 		else
4612 			error = 0;
4613 	}
4614 
4615 out:
4616 	sav->sav_pending = NULL;
4617 	sav->sav_npending = 0;
4618 	return (error);
4619 }
4620 
4621 static int
4622 spa_validate_aux(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode)
4623 {
4624 	int error;
4625 
4626 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
4627 
4628 	if ((error = spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
4629 	    &spa->spa_spares, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, SPA_VERSION_SPARES,
4630 	    VDEV_LABEL_SPARE)) != 0) {
4631 		return (error);
4632 	}
4633 
4634 	return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
4635 	    &spa->spa_l2cache, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE,
4636 	    VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE));
4637 }
4638 
4639 static void
4640 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, nvlist_t **devs, int ndevs,
4641     const char *config)
4642 {
4643 	int i;
4644 
4645 	if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
4646 		nvlist_t **olddevs;
4647 		uint_t oldndevs;
4648 		nvlist_t **newdevs;
4649 
4650 		/*
4651 		 * Generate new dev list by concatentating with the
4652 		 * current dev list.
4653 		 */
4654 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
4655 		    &olddevs, &oldndevs) == 0);
4656 
4657 		newdevs = kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) *
4658 		    (ndevs + oldndevs), KM_SLEEP);
4659 		for (i = 0; i < oldndevs; i++)
4660 			VERIFY(nvlist_dup(olddevs[i], &newdevs[i],
4661 			    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4662 		for (i = 0; i < ndevs; i++)
4663 			VERIFY(nvlist_dup(devs[i], &newdevs[i + oldndevs],
4664 			    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4665 
4666 		VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, config,
4667 		    DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
4668 
4669 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
4670 		    config, newdevs, ndevs + oldndevs) == 0);
4671 		for (i = 0; i < oldndevs + ndevs; i++)
4672 			nvlist_free(newdevs[i]);
4673 		kmem_free(newdevs, (oldndevs + ndevs) * sizeof (void *));
4674 	} else {
4675 		/*
4676 		 * Generate a new dev list.
4677 		 */
4678 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&sav->sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
4679 		    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4680 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
4681 		    devs, ndevs) == 0);
4682 	}
4683 }
4684 
4685 /*
4686  * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices
4687  */
4688 void
4689 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t *spa)
4690 {
4691 	vdev_t *vd;
4692 	int i;
4693 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
4694 
4695 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
4696 		uint64_t pool;
4697 
4698 		vd = sav->sav_vdevs[i];
4699 		ASSERT(vd != NULL);
4700 
4701 		if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
4702 		    pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
4703 			l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
4704 	}
4705 }
4706 
4707 /*
4708  * Pool Creation
4709  */
4710 int
4711 spa_create(const char *pool, nvlist_t *nvroot, nvlist_t *props,
4712     nvlist_t *zplprops)
4713 {
4714 	spa_t *spa;
4715 	char *altroot = NULL;
4716 	vdev_t *rvd;
4717 	dsl_pool_t *dp;
4718 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
4719 	int error = 0;
4720 	uint64_t txg = TXG_INITIAL;
4721 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
4722 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
4723 	uint64_t version, obj;
4724 	boolean_t has_features;
4725 	char *poolname;
4726 	nvlist_t *nvl;
4727 
4728 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(props,
4729 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_TNAME), &poolname) != 0)
4730 		poolname = (char *)pool;
4731 
4732 	/*
4733 	 * If this pool already exists, return failure.
4734 	 */
4735 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4736 	if (spa_lookup(poolname) != NULL) {
4737 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4738 		return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
4739 	}
4740 
4741 	/*
4742 	 * Allocate a new spa_t structure.
4743 	 */
4744 	nvl = fnvlist_alloc();
4745 	fnvlist_add_string(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, pool);
4746 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
4747 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
4748 	spa = spa_add(poolname, nvl, altroot);
4749 	fnvlist_free(nvl);
4750 	spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
4751 
4752 	if (props && (error = spa_prop_validate(spa, props))) {
4753 		spa_deactivate(spa);
4754 		spa_remove(spa);
4755 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4756 		return (error);
4757 	}
4758 
4759 	/*
4760 	 * Temporary pool names should never be written to disk.
4761 	 */
4762 	if (poolname != pool)
4763 		spa->spa_import_flags |= ZFS_IMPORT_TEMP_NAME;
4764 
4765 	has_features = B_FALSE;
4766 	for (nvpair_t *elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, NULL);
4767 	    elem != NULL; elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) {
4768 		if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)))
4769 			has_features = B_TRUE;
4770 	}
4771 
4772 	if (has_features || nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
4773 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION), &version) != 0) {
4774 		version = SPA_VERSION;
4775 	}
4776 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
4777 
4778 	spa->spa_first_txg = txg;
4779 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg = txg - 1;
4780 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
4781 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
4782 	spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_CREATE;
4783 	spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_state = DSS_NONE;
4784 	spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_removing_vdev = -1;
4785 	spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_prev_indirect_vdev = -1;
4786 	spa->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded = B_TRUE;
4787 
4788 	/*
4789 	 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
4790 	 */
4791 	spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
4792 	    KM_SLEEP);
4793 	for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
4794 		spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
4795 		    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
4796 		    ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
4797 	}
4798 
4799 	/*
4800 	 * Create the root vdev.
4801 	 */
4802 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4803 
4804 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD);
4805 
4806 	ASSERT(error != 0 || rvd != NULL);
4807 	ASSERT(error != 0 || spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
4808 
4809 	if (error == 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot))
4810 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
4811 
4812 	if (error == 0 &&
4813 	    (error = vdev_create(rvd, txg, B_FALSE)) == 0 &&
4814 	    (error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg,
4815 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) == 0) {
4816 		for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
4817 			vdev_ashift_optimize(rvd->vdev_child[c]);
4818 			vdev_metaslab_set_size(rvd->vdev_child[c]);
4819 			vdev_expand(rvd->vdev_child[c], txg);
4820 		}
4821 	}
4822 
4823 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4824 
4825 	if (error != 0) {
4826 		spa_unload(spa);
4827 		spa_deactivate(spa);
4828 		spa_remove(spa);
4829 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4830 		return (error);
4831 	}
4832 
4833 	/*
4834 	 * Get the list of spares, if specified.
4835 	 */
4836 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
4837 	    &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
4838 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
4839 		    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4840 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
4841 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
4842 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4843 		spa_load_spares(spa);
4844 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4845 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4846 	}
4847 
4848 	/*
4849 	 * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified.
4850 	 */
4851 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
4852 	    &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
4853 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
4854 		    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4855 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
4856 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
4857 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4858 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
4859 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4860 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4861 	}
4862 
4863 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
4864 	spa->spa_dsl_pool = dp = dsl_pool_create(spa, zplprops, txg);
4865 	spa->spa_meta_objset = dp->dp_meta_objset;
4866 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
4867 
4868 	/*
4869 	 * Create DDTs (dedup tables).
4870 	 */
4871 	ddt_create(spa);
4872 
4873 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
4874 
4875 	tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
4876 
4877 	/*
4878 	 * Create the pool config object.
4879 	 */
4880 	spa->spa_config_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
4881 	    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE,
4882 	    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE, sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
4883 
4884 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
4885 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CONFIG,
4886 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_config_object, tx) != 0) {
4887 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool config");
4888 	}
4889 
4890 	if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES)
4891 		spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx);
4892 
4893 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
4894 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
4895 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version, tx) != 0) {
4896 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool version");
4897 	}
4898 
4899 	/* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */
4900 	if (version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
4901 		spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
4902 		if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
4903 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
4904 		    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx) != 0) {
4905 			cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add deflate");
4906 		}
4907 	}
4908 
4909 	/*
4910 	 * Create the deferred-free bpobj.  Turn off compression
4911 	 * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize
4912 	 * keeps changing.
4913 	 */
4914 	obj = bpobj_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset, 1 << 14, tx);
4915 	dmu_object_set_compress(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj,
4916 	    ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF, tx);
4917 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
4918 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ,
4919 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj, tx) != 0) {
4920 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add bpobj");
4921 	}
4922 	VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
4923 	    spa->spa_meta_objset, obj));
4924 
4925 	/*
4926 	 * Create the pool's history object.
4927 	 */
4928 	if (version >= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY)
4929 		spa_history_create_obj(spa, tx);
4930 
4931 	/*
4932 	 * Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on.
4933 	 */
4934 	(void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
4935 	    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
4936 
4937 	/*
4938 	 * Set pool properties.
4939 	 */
4940 	spa->spa_bootfs = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
4941 	spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
4942 	spa->spa_failmode = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE);
4943 	spa->spa_autoexpand = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND);
4944 
4945 	if (props != NULL) {
4946 		spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
4947 		spa_sync_props(props, tx);
4948 	}
4949 
4950 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
4951 
4952 	spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
4953 	txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
4954 
4955 	/*
4956 	 * We explicitly wait for the first transaction to complete so that our
4957 	 * bean counters are appropriately updated.
4958 	 */
4959 	txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, txg);
4960 
4961 	spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa);
4962 
4963 	spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
4964 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE);
4965 
4966 	spa_history_log_version(spa, "create");
4967 
4968 	/*
4969 	 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
4970 	 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
4971 	 */
4972 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
4973 	spa->spa_minref = refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
4974 	spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_NONE;
4975 
4976 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4977 
4978 	return (0);
4979 }
4980 
4981 #ifdef _KERNEL
4982 #ifdef illumos
4983 /*
4984  * Get the root pool information from the root disk, then import the root pool
4985  * during the system boot up time.
4986  */
4987 extern int vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(char *, char *, nvlist_t **);
4988 
4989 static nvlist_t *
4990 spa_generate_rootconf(char *devpath, char *devid, uint64_t *guid)
4991 {
4992 	nvlist_t *config;
4993 	nvlist_t *nvtop, *nvroot;
4994 	uint64_t pgid;
4995 
4996 	if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(devpath, devid, &config) != 0)
4997 		return (NULL);
4998 
4999 	/*
5000 	 * Add this top-level vdev to the child array.
5001 	 */
5002 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
5003 	    &nvtop) == 0);
5004 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
5005 	    &pgid) == 0);
5006 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, guid) == 0);
5007 
5008 	/*
5009 	 * Put this pool's top-level vdevs into a root vdev.
5010 	 */
5011 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5012 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
5013 	    VDEV_TYPE_ROOT) == 0);
5014 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID, 0ULL) == 0);
5015 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, pgid) == 0);
5016 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
5017 	    &nvtop, 1) == 0);
5018 
5019 	/*
5020 	 * Replace the existing vdev_tree with the new root vdev in
5021 	 * this pool's configuration (remove the old, add the new).
5022 	 */
5023 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, nvroot) == 0);
5024 	nvlist_free(nvroot);
5025 	return (config);
5026 }
5027 
5028 /*
5029  * Walk the vdev tree and see if we can find a device with "better"
5030  * configuration. A configuration is "better" if the label on that
5031  * device has a more recent txg.
5032  */
5033 static void
5034 spa_alt_rootvdev(vdev_t *vd, vdev_t **avd, uint64_t *txg)
5035 {
5036 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
5037 		spa_alt_rootvdev(vd->vdev_child[c], avd, txg);
5038 
5039 	if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
5040 		nvlist_t *label;
5041 		uint64_t label_txg;
5042 
5043 		if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(vd->vdev_physpath, vd->vdev_devid,
5044 		    &label) != 0)
5045 			return;
5046 
5047 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
5048 		    &label_txg) == 0);
5049 
5050 		/*
5051 		 * Do we have a better boot device?
5052 		 */
5053 		if (label_txg > *txg) {
5054 			*txg = label_txg;
5055 			*avd = vd;
5056 		}
5057 		nvlist_free(label);
5058 	}
5059 }
5060 
5061 /*
5062  * Import a root pool.
5063  *
5064  * For x86. devpath_list will consist of devid and/or physpath name of
5065  * the vdev (e.g. "id1,sd@SSEAGATE..." or "/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a").
5066  * The GRUB "findroot" command will return the vdev we should boot.
5067  *
5068  * For Sparc, devpath_list consists the physpath name of the booting device
5069  * no matter the rootpool is a single device pool or a mirrored pool.
5070  * e.g.
5071  *	"/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a"
5072  */
5073 int
5074 spa_import_rootpool(char *devpath, char *devid)
5075 {
5076 	spa_t *spa;
5077 	vdev_t *rvd, *bvd, *avd = NULL;
5078 	nvlist_t *config, *nvtop;
5079 	uint64_t guid, txg;
5080 	char *pname;
5081 	int error;
5082 
5083 	/*
5084 	 * Read the label from the boot device and generate a configuration.
5085 	 */
5086 	config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid);
5087 #if defined(_OBP) && defined(_KERNEL)
5088 	if (config == NULL) {
5089 		if (strstr(devpath, "/iscsi/ssd") != NULL) {
5090 			/* iscsi boot */
5091 			get_iscsi_bootpath_phy(devpath);
5092 			config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid);
5093 		}
5094 	}
5095 #endif
5096 	if (config == NULL) {
5097 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Cannot read the pool label from '%s'",
5098 		    devpath);
5099 		return (SET_ERROR(EIO));
5100 	}
5101 
5102 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
5103 	    &pname) == 0);
5104 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, &txg) == 0);
5105 
5106 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5107 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pname)) != NULL) {
5108 		/*
5109 		 * Remove the existing root pool from the namespace so that we
5110 		 * can replace it with the correct config we just read in.
5111 		 */
5112 		spa_remove(spa);
5113 	}
5114 
5115 	spa = spa_add(pname, config, NULL);
5116 	spa->spa_is_root = B_TRUE;
5117 	spa->spa_import_flags = ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM;
5118 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
5119 	    &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
5120 		spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
5121 
5122 	/*
5123 	 * Build up a vdev tree based on the boot device's label config.
5124 	 */
5125 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
5126 	    &nvtop) == 0);
5127 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5128 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtop, NULL, 0,
5129 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ROOTPOOL);
5130 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5131 	if (error) {
5132 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5133 		nvlist_free(config);
5134 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not parse the config for pool '%s'",
5135 		    pname);
5136 		return (error);
5137 	}
5138 
5139 	/*
5140 	 * Get the boot vdev.
5141 	 */
5142 	if ((bvd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(rvd, guid)) == NULL) {
5143 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not find the boot vdev for guid %llu",
5144 		    (u_longlong_t)guid);
5145 		error = SET_ERROR(ENOENT);
5146 		goto out;
5147 	}
5148 
5149 	/*
5150 	 * Determine if there is a better boot device.
5151 	 */
5152 	avd = bvd;
5153 	spa_alt_rootvdev(rvd, &avd, &txg);
5154 	if (avd != bvd) {
5155 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is 'degraded'. Please "
5156 		    "try booting from '%s'", avd->vdev_path);
5157 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5158 		goto out;
5159 	}
5160 
5161 	/*
5162 	 * If the boot device is part of a spare vdev then ensure that
5163 	 * we're booting off the active spare.
5164 	 */
5165 	if (bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
5166 	    !bvd->vdev_isspare) {
5167 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is currently spared. Please "
5168 		    "try booting from '%s'",
5169 		    bvd->vdev_parent->
5170 		    vdev_child[bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_path);
5171 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5172 		goto out;
5173 	}
5174 
5175 	error = 0;
5176 out:
5177 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5178 	vdev_free(rvd);
5179 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5180 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5181 
5182 	nvlist_free(config);
5183 	return (error);
5184 }
5185 
5186 #else	/* !illumos */
5187 
5188 extern int vdev_geom_read_pool_label(const char *name, nvlist_t ***configs,
5189     uint64_t *count);
5190 
5191 static nvlist_t *
5192 spa_generate_rootconf(const char *name)
5193 {
5194 	nvlist_t **configs, **tops;
5195 	nvlist_t *config;
5196 	nvlist_t *best_cfg, *nvtop, *nvroot;
5197 	uint64_t *holes;
5198 	uint64_t best_txg;
5199 	uint64_t nchildren;
5200 	uint64_t pgid;
5201 	uint64_t count;
5202 	uint64_t i;
5203 	uint_t   nholes;
5204 
5205 	if (vdev_geom_read_pool_label(name, &configs, &count) != 0)
5206 		return (NULL);
5207 
5208 	ASSERT3U(count, !=, 0);
5209 	best_txg = 0;
5210 	for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
5211 		uint64_t txg;
5212 
5213 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(configs[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
5214 		    &txg) == 0);
5215 		if (txg > best_txg) {
5216 			best_txg = txg;
5217 			best_cfg = configs[i];
5218 		}
5219 	}
5220 
5221 	nchildren = 1;
5222 	nvlist_lookup_uint64(best_cfg, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_CHILDREN, &nchildren);
5223 	holes = NULL;
5224 	nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(best_cfg, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOLE_ARRAY,
5225 	    &holes, &nholes);
5226 
5227 	tops = kmem_zalloc(nchildren * sizeof(void *), KM_SLEEP);
5228 	for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++) {
5229 		if (i >= count)
5230 			break;
5231 		if (configs[i] == NULL)
5232 			continue;
5233 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(configs[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
5234 		    &nvtop) == 0);
5235 		nvlist_dup(nvtop, &tops[i], KM_SLEEP);
5236 	}
5237 	for (i = 0; holes != NULL && i < nholes; i++) {
5238 		if (i >= nchildren)
5239 			continue;
5240 		if (tops[holes[i]] != NULL)
5241 			continue;
5242 		nvlist_alloc(&tops[holes[i]], NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP);
5243 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(tops[holes[i]], ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
5244 		    VDEV_TYPE_HOLE) == 0);
5245 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[holes[i]], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID,
5246 		    holes[i]) == 0);
5247 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[holes[i]], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
5248 		    0) == 0);
5249 	}
5250 	for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++) {
5251 		if (tops[i] != NULL)
5252 			continue;
5253 		nvlist_alloc(&tops[i], NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP);
5254 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(tops[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
5255 		    VDEV_TYPE_MISSING) == 0);
5256 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID,
5257 		    i) == 0);
5258 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
5259 		    0) == 0);
5260 	}
5261 
5262 	/*
5263 	 * Create pool config based on the best vdev config.
5264 	 */
5265 	nvlist_dup(best_cfg, &config, KM_SLEEP);
5266 
5267 	/*
5268 	 * Put this pool's top-level vdevs into a root vdev.
5269 	 */
5270 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
5271 	    &pgid) == 0);
5272 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5273 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
5274 	    VDEV_TYPE_ROOT) == 0);
5275 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID, 0ULL) == 0);
5276 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, pgid) == 0);
5277 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
5278 	    tops, nchildren) == 0);
5279 
5280 	/*
5281 	 * Replace the existing vdev_tree with the new root vdev in
5282 	 * this pool's configuration (remove the old, add the new).
5283 	 */
5284 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, nvroot) == 0);
5285 
5286 	/*
5287 	 * Drop vdev config elements that should not be present at pool level.
5288 	 */
5289 	nvlist_remove(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, DATA_TYPE_UINT64);
5290 	nvlist_remove(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TOP_GUID, DATA_TYPE_UINT64);
5291 
5292 	for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
5293 		nvlist_free(configs[i]);
5294 	kmem_free(configs, count * sizeof(void *));
5295 	for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++)
5296 		nvlist_free(tops[i]);
5297 	kmem_free(tops, nchildren * sizeof(void *));
5298 	nvlist_free(nvroot);
5299 	return (config);
5300 }
5301 
5302 int
5303 spa_import_rootpool(const char *name)
5304 {
5305 	spa_t *spa;
5306 	vdev_t *rvd, *bvd, *avd = NULL;
5307 	nvlist_t *config, *nvtop;
5308 	uint64_t txg;
5309 	char *pname;
5310 	int error;
5311 
5312 	/*
5313 	 * Read the label from the boot device and generate a configuration.
5314 	 */
5315 	config = spa_generate_rootconf(name);
5316 
5317 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5318 	if (config != NULL) {
5319 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
5320 		    &pname) == 0 && strcmp(name, pname) == 0);
5321 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, &txg)
5322 		    == 0);
5323 
5324 		if ((spa = spa_lookup(pname)) != NULL) {
5325 			/*
5326 			 * The pool could already be imported,
5327 			 * e.g., after reboot -r.
5328 			 */
5329 			if (spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_ACTIVE) {
5330 				mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5331 				nvlist_free(config);
5332 				return (0);
5333 			}
5334 
5335 			/*
5336 			 * Remove the existing root pool from the namespace so
5337 			 * that we can replace it with the correct config
5338 			 * we just read in.
5339 			 */
5340 			spa_remove(spa);
5341 		}
5342 		spa = spa_add(pname, config, NULL);
5343 
5344 		/*
5345 		 * Set spa_ubsync.ub_version as it can be used in vdev_alloc()
5346 		 * via spa_version().
5347 		 */
5348 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
5349 		    &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
5350 			spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
5351 	} else if ((spa = spa_lookup(name)) == NULL) {
5352 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5353 		nvlist_free(config);
5354 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Cannot find the pool label for '%s'",
5355 		    name);
5356 		return (EIO);
5357 	} else {
5358 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, &config, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5359 	}
5360 	spa->spa_is_root = B_TRUE;
5361 	spa->spa_import_flags = ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM;
5362 
5363 	/*
5364 	 * Build up a vdev tree based on the boot device's label config.
5365 	 */
5366 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
5367 	    &nvtop) == 0);
5368 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5369 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtop, NULL, 0,
5370 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ROOTPOOL);
5371 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5372 	if (error) {
5373 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5374 		nvlist_free(config);
5375 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not parse the config for pool '%s'",
5376 		    pname);
5377 		return (error);
5378 	}
5379 
5380 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5381 	vdev_free(rvd);
5382 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5383 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5384 
5385 	nvlist_free(config);
5386 	return (0);
5387 }
5388 
5389 #endif	/* illumos */
5390 #endif	/* _KERNEL */
5391 
5392 /*
5393  * Import a non-root pool into the system.
5394  */
5395 int
5396 spa_import(const char *pool, nvlist_t *config, nvlist_t *props, uint64_t flags)
5397 {
5398 	spa_t *spa;
5399 	char *altroot = NULL;
5400 	spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_IMPORT;
5401 	zpool_load_policy_t policy;
5402 	uint64_t mode = spa_mode_global;
5403 	uint64_t readonly = B_FALSE;
5404 	int error;
5405 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
5406 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
5407 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
5408 
5409 	/*
5410 	 * If a pool with this name exists, return failure.
5411 	 */
5412 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5413 	if (spa_lookup(pool) != NULL) {
5414 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5415 		return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
5416 	}
5417 
5418 	/*
5419 	 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
5420 	 */
5421 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
5422 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
5423 	(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
5424 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY), &readonly);
5425 	if (readonly)
5426 		mode = FREAD;
5427 	spa = spa_add(pool, config, altroot);
5428 	spa->spa_import_flags = flags;
5429 
5430 	/*
5431 	 * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace
5432 	 * as if it had been loaded at boot.
5433 	 */
5434 	if (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM) {
5435 		if (props != NULL)
5436 			spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
5437 
5438 		spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
5439 		spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
5440 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: verbatim import of %s", pool);
5441 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5442 		return (0);
5443 	}
5444 
5445 	spa_activate(spa, mode);
5446 
5447 	/*
5448 	 * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy.
5449 	 */
5450 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
5451 
5452 	zpool_get_load_policy(config, &policy);
5453 	if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
5454 		state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
5455 
5456 	spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_TRYIMPORT;
5457 
5458 	if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
5459 		spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
5460 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s", pool);
5461 	} else {
5462 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s, max_txg=%lld "
5463 		    "(RECOVERY MODE)", pool, (longlong_t)policy.zlp_txg);
5464 	}
5465 	error = spa_load_best(spa, state, policy.zlp_txg, policy.zlp_rewind);
5466 
5467 	/*
5468 	 * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it
5469 	 * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc).
5470 	 */
5471 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
5472 	    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
5473 
5474 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5475 	/*
5476 	 * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity
5477 	 * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare().
5478 	 */
5479 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
5480 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
5481 		spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
5482 		spa_load_spares(spa);
5483 	}
5484 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
5485 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
5486 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
5487 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
5488 	}
5489 
5490 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
5491 	    &nvroot) == 0);
5492 	if (error == 0)
5493 		error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL,
5494 		    VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE);
5495 	if (error == 0)
5496 		error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL,
5497 		    VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE);
5498 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5499 
5500 	if (props != NULL)
5501 		spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
5502 
5503 	if (error != 0 || (props && spa_writeable(spa) &&
5504 	    (error = spa_prop_set(spa, props)))) {
5505 		spa_unload(spa);
5506 		spa_deactivate(spa);
5507 		spa_remove(spa);
5508 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5509 		return (error);
5510 	}
5511 
5512 	spa_async_resume(spa);
5513 
5514 	/*
5515 	 * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by
5516 	 * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc.
5517 	 */
5518 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
5519 	    &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
5520 		if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config)
5521 			VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5522 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
5523 		else
5524 			VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5525 			    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5526 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5527 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
5528 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5529 		spa_load_spares(spa);
5530 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5531 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5532 	}
5533 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
5534 	    &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
5535 		if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config)
5536 			VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5537 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
5538 		else
5539 			VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5540 			    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5541 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5542 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
5543 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5544 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
5545 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5546 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5547 	}
5548 
5549 	/*
5550 	 * Check for any removed devices.
5551 	 */
5552 	if (spa->spa_autoreplace) {
5553 		spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
5554 		spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
5555 	}
5556 
5557 	if (spa_writeable(spa)) {
5558 		/*
5559 		 * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool.
5560 		 */
5561 		spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
5562 	}
5563 
5564 	/*
5565 	 * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported.
5566 	 * We kick off an async task to handle this for us.
5567 	 */
5568 	spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
5569 
5570 	spa_history_log_version(spa, "import");
5571 
5572 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
5573 
5574 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5575 
5576 #ifdef __FreeBSD__
5577 #ifdef _KERNEL
5578 	zvol_create_minors(pool);
5579 #endif
5580 #endif
5581 	return (0);
5582 }
5583 
5584 nvlist_t *
5585 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t *tryconfig)
5586 {
5587 	nvlist_t *config = NULL;
5588 	char *poolname, *cachefile;
5589 	spa_t *spa;
5590 	uint64_t state;
5591 	int error;
5592 	zpool_load_policy_t policy;
5593 
5594 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, &poolname))
5595 		return (NULL);
5596 
5597 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, &state))
5598 		return (NULL);
5599 
5600 	/*
5601 	 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
5602 	 */
5603 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5604 	spa = spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME, tryconfig, NULL);
5605 	spa_activate(spa, FREAD);
5606 
5607 	/*
5608 	 * Rewind pool if a max txg was provided.
5609 	 */
5610 	zpool_get_load_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy);
5611 	if (policy.zlp_txg != UINT64_MAX) {
5612 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = policy.zlp_txg;
5613 		spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
5614 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s, max_txg=%lld",
5615 		    poolname, (longlong_t)policy.zlp_txg);
5616 	} else {
5617 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s", poolname);
5618 	}
5619 
5620 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CACHEFILE, &cachefile)
5621 	    == 0) {
5622 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: using cachefile '%s'", cachefile);
5623 		spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE;
5624 	} else {
5625 		spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN;
5626 	}
5627 
5628 	error = spa_load(spa, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING);
5629 
5630 	/*
5631 	 * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config.
5632 	 */
5633 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
5634 		config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
5635 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
5636 		    poolname) == 0);
5637 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
5638 		    state) == 0);
5639 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP,
5640 		    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp) == 0);
5641 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
5642 		    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
5643 
5644 		/*
5645 		 * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we
5646 		 * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which
5647 		 * pools are bootable.
5648 		 */
5649 		if ((!error || error == EEXIST) && spa->spa_bootfs) {
5650 			char *tmpname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
5651 
5652 			/*
5653 			 * We have to play games with the name since the
5654 			 * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME.
5655 			 */
5656 			if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa),
5657 			    spa->spa_bootfs, tmpname) == 0) {
5658 				char *cp;
5659 				char *dsname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
5660 
5661 				cp = strchr(tmpname, '/');
5662 				if (cp == NULL) {
5663 					(void) strlcpy(dsname, tmpname,
5664 					    MAXPATHLEN);
5665 				} else {
5666 					(void) snprintf(dsname, MAXPATHLEN,
5667 					    "%s/%s", poolname, ++cp);
5668 				}
5669 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config,
5670 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS, dsname) == 0);
5671 				kmem_free(dsname, MAXPATHLEN);
5672 			}
5673 			kmem_free(tmpname, MAXPATHLEN);
5674 		}
5675 
5676 		/*
5677 		 * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices.
5678 		 */
5679 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
5680 		spa_add_spares(spa, config);
5681 		spa_add_l2cache(spa, config);
5682 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
5683 	}
5684 
5685 	spa_unload(spa);
5686 	spa_deactivate(spa);
5687 	spa_remove(spa);
5688 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5689 
5690 	return (config);
5691 }
5692 
5693 /*
5694  * Pool export/destroy
5695  *
5696  * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple.  We make sure there
5697  * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone.  Then, we
5698  * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the
5699  * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then
5700  * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache.
5701  */
5702 static int
5703 spa_export_common(char *pool, int new_state, nvlist_t **oldconfig,
5704     boolean_t force, boolean_t hardforce)
5705 {
5706 	spa_t *spa;
5707 
5708 	if (oldconfig)
5709 		*oldconfig = NULL;
5710 
5711 	if (!(spa_mode_global & FWRITE))
5712 		return (SET_ERROR(EROFS));
5713 
5714 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5715 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
5716 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5717 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
5718 	}
5719 
5720 	/*
5721 	 * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks,
5722 	 * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export.
5723 	 */
5724 	spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
5725 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5726 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
5727 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5728 	spa_close(spa, FTAG);
5729 
5730 	/*
5731 	 * The pool will be in core if it's openable,
5732 	 * in which case we can modify its state.
5733 	 */
5734 	if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && spa->spa_sync_on) {
5735 
5736 		/*
5737 		 * Objsets may be open only because they're dirty, so we
5738 		 * have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt.
5739 		 */
5740 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
5741 		spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
5742 
5743 		/*
5744 		 * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active
5745 		 * references.  If we are resetting a pool, allow references by
5746 		 * fault injection handlers.
5747 		 */
5748 		if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa) ||
5749 		    (spa->spa_inject_ref != 0 &&
5750 		    new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED)) {
5751 			spa_async_resume(spa);
5752 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5753 			return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
5754 		}
5755 
5756 		/*
5757 		 * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare.
5758 		 * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare
5759 		 * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can
5760 		 * be forcedly exported.
5761 		 */
5762 		if (!force && new_state == POOL_STATE_EXPORTED &&
5763 		    spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa)) {
5764 			spa_async_resume(spa);
5765 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5766 			return (SET_ERROR(EXDEV));
5767 		}
5768 
5769 		/*
5770 		 * We're about to export or destroy this pool. Make sure
5771 		 * we stop all initializtion activity here before we
5772 		 * set the spa_final_txg. This will ensure that all
5773 		 * dirty data resulting from the initialization is
5774 		 * committed to disk before we unload the pool.
5775 		 */
5776 		if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
5777 			vdev_initialize_stop_all(spa->spa_root_vdev,
5778 			    VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE);
5779 		}
5780 
5781 		/*
5782 		 * We want this to be reflected on every label,
5783 		 * so mark them all dirty.  spa_unload() will do the
5784 		 * final sync that pushes these changes out.
5785 		 */
5786 		if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && !hardforce) {
5787 			spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5788 			spa->spa_state = new_state;
5789 			spa->spa_final_txg = spa_last_synced_txg(spa) +
5790 			    TXG_DEFER_SIZE + 1;
5791 			vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5792 			spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5793 		}
5794 	}
5795 
5796 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY);
5797 
5798 	if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
5799 		spa_unload(spa);
5800 		spa_deactivate(spa);
5801 	}
5802 
5803 	if (oldconfig && spa->spa_config)
5804 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, oldconfig, 0) == 0);
5805 
5806 	if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
5807 		if (!hardforce)
5808 			spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
5809 		spa_remove(spa);
5810 	}
5811 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5812 
5813 	return (0);
5814 }
5815 
5816 /*
5817  * Destroy a storage pool.
5818  */
5819 int
5820 spa_destroy(char *pool)
5821 {
5822 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED, NULL,
5823 	    B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
5824 }
5825 
5826 /*
5827  * Export a storage pool.
5828  */
5829 int
5830 spa_export(char *pool, nvlist_t **oldconfig, boolean_t force,
5831     boolean_t hardforce)
5832 {
5833 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, oldconfig,
5834 	    force, hardforce));
5835 }
5836 
5837 /*
5838  * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it
5839  * from the namespace in any way.
5840  */
5841 int
5842 spa_reset(char *pool)
5843 {
5844 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED, NULL,
5845 	    B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
5846 }
5847 
5848 /*
5849  * ==========================================================================
5850  * Device manipulation
5851  * ==========================================================================
5852  */
5853 
5854 /*
5855  * Add a device to a storage pool.
5856  */
5857 int
5858 spa_vdev_add(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot)
5859 {
5860 	uint64_t txg, id;
5861 	int error;
5862 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
5863 	vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
5864 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
5865 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
5866 
5867 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
5868 
5869 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
5870 
5871 	if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
5872 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
5873 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
5874 
5875 	spa->spa_pending_vdev = vd;	/* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */
5876 
5877 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares,
5878 	    &nspares) != 0)
5879 		nspares = 0;
5880 
5881 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache,
5882 	    &nl2cache) != 0)
5883 		nl2cache = 0;
5884 
5885 	if (vd->vdev_children == 0 && nspares == 0 && nl2cache == 0)
5886 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
5887 
5888 	if (vd->vdev_children != 0 &&
5889 	    (error = vdev_create(vd, txg, B_FALSE)) != 0)
5890 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
5891 
5892 	/*
5893 	 * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the
5894 	 * children.  Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare.
5895 	 */
5896 	if ((error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
5897 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
5898 
5899 	/*
5900 	 * If we are in the middle of a device removal, we can only add
5901 	 * devices which match the existing devices in the pool.
5902 	 * If we are in the middle of a removal, or have some indirect
5903 	 * vdevs, we can not add raidz toplevels.
5904 	 */
5905 	if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL ||
5906 	    spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_prev_indirect_vdev != -1) {
5907 		for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
5908 			tvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
5909 			if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL &&
5910 			    tvd->vdev_ashift != spa->spa_max_ashift) {
5911 				return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
5912 			}
5913 			/* Fail if top level vdev is raidz */
5914 			if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_raidz_ops) {
5915 				return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
5916 			}
5917 			/*
5918 			 * Need the top level mirror to be
5919 			 * a mirror of leaf vdevs only
5920 			 */
5921 			if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_mirror_ops) {
5922 				for (uint64_t cid = 0;
5923 				    cid < tvd->vdev_children; cid++) {
5924 					vdev_t *cvd = tvd->vdev_child[cid];
5925 					if (!cvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
5926 						return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd,
5927 						    txg, EINVAL));
5928 					}
5929 				}
5930 			}
5931 		}
5932 	}
5933 
5934 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
5935 
5936 		/*
5937 		 * Set the vdev id to the first hole, if one exists.
5938 		 */
5939 		for (id = 0; id < rvd->vdev_children; id++) {
5940 			if (rvd->vdev_child[id]->vdev_ishole) {
5941 				vdev_free(rvd->vdev_child[id]);
5942 				break;
5943 			}
5944 		}
5945 		tvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
5946 		vdev_remove_child(vd, tvd);
5947 		tvd->vdev_id = id;
5948 		vdev_add_child(rvd, tvd);
5949 		vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
5950 	}
5951 
5952 	if (nspares != 0) {
5953 		spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_spares, spares, nspares,
5954 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES);
5955 		spa_load_spares(spa);
5956 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5957 	}
5958 
5959 	if (nl2cache != 0) {
5960 		spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_l2cache, l2cache, nl2cache,
5961 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
5962 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
5963 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5964 	}
5965 
5966 	/*
5967 	 * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool.
5968 	 * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we
5969 	 * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may
5970 	 * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache
5971 	 * can't translate.  Therefore, we first add the vdevs without
5972 	 * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit());
5973 	 * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs.
5974 	 *
5975 	 * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that
5976 	 * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining
5977 	 * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool.
5978 	 */
5979 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
5980 
5981 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5982 	spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
5983 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD);
5984 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5985 
5986 	return (0);
5987 }
5988 
5989 /*
5990  * Attach a device to a mirror.  The arguments are the path to any device
5991  * in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device.  If the path specifies
5992  * a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev.
5993  *
5994  * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the
5995  * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own
5996  * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to
5997  * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few
5998  * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon
5999  * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced)
6000  * is automatically detached.
6001  */
6002 int
6003 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, nvlist_t *nvroot, int replacing)
6004 {
6005 	uint64_t txg, dtl_max_txg;
6006 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
6007 	vdev_t *oldvd, *newvd, *newrootvd, *pvd, *tvd;
6008 	vdev_ops_t *pvops;
6009 	char *oldvdpath, *newvdpath;
6010 	int newvd_isspare;
6011 	int error;
6012 
6013 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
6014 
6015 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
6016 
6017 	oldvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
6018 
6019 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
6020 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
6021 		error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
6022 		    ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
6023 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
6024 	}
6025 
6026 	if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL)
6027 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
6028 
6029 	if (oldvd == NULL)
6030 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
6031 
6032 	if (!oldvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
6033 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
6034 
6035 	pvd = oldvd->vdev_parent;
6036 
6037 	if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &newrootvd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
6038 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH)) != 0)
6039 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
6040 
6041 	if (newrootvd->vdev_children != 1)
6042 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
6043 
6044 	newvd = newrootvd->vdev_child[0];
6045 
6046 	if (!newvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
6047 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
6048 
6049 	if ((error = vdev_create(newrootvd, txg, replacing)) != 0)
6050 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, error));
6051 
6052 	/*
6053 	 * Spares can't replace logs
6054 	 */
6055 	if (oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_islog && newvd->vdev_isspare)
6056 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
6057 
6058 	if (!replacing) {
6059 		/*
6060 		 * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root
6061 		 * vdev.
6062 		 */
6063 		if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
6064 		    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_root_ops)
6065 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
6066 
6067 		pvops = &vdev_mirror_ops;
6068 	} else {
6069 		/*
6070 		 * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot
6071 		 * spares.
6072 		 */
6073 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
6074 		    oldvd->vdev_isspare &&
6075 		    !spa_has_spare(spa, newvd->vdev_guid))
6076 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
6077 
6078 		/*
6079 		 * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a
6080 		 * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare.  Otherwise, we
6081 		 * want to create a replacing vdev.  The user is not allowed to
6082 		 * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is
6083 		 * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces
6084 		 * non-spare).
6085 		 */
6086 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops &&
6087 		    spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE) {
6088 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
6089 		} else if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
6090 		    newvd->vdev_isspare != oldvd->vdev_isspare) {
6091 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
6092 		}
6093 
6094 		if (newvd->vdev_isspare)
6095 			pvops = &vdev_spare_ops;
6096 		else
6097 			pvops = &vdev_replacing_ops;
6098 	}
6099 
6100 	/*
6101 	 * Make sure the new device is big enough.
6102 	 */
6103 	if (newvd->vdev_asize < vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd))
6104 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EOVERFLOW));
6105 
6106 	/*
6107 	 * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement
6108 	 * than the top-level vdev.
6109 	 */
6110 	if (newvd->vdev_ashift > oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_ashift)
6111 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EDOM));
6112 
6113 	/*
6114 	 * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid
6115 	 * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on.
6116 	 */
6117 	if (strcmp(oldvd->vdev_path, newvd->vdev_path) == 0) {
6118 		spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_path);
6119 		oldvd->vdev_path = kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd->vdev_path) + 5,
6120 		    KM_SLEEP);
6121 		(void) sprintf(oldvd->vdev_path, "%s/%s",
6122 		    newvd->vdev_path, "old");
6123 		if (oldvd->vdev_devid != NULL) {
6124 			spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_devid);
6125 			oldvd->vdev_devid = NULL;
6126 		}
6127 	}
6128 
6129 	/* mark the device being resilvered */
6130 	newvd->vdev_resilver_txg = txg;
6131 
6132 	/*
6133 	 * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new
6134 	 * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd.
6135 	 */
6136 	if (pvd->vdev_ops != pvops)
6137 		pvd = vdev_add_parent(oldvd, pvops);
6138 
6139 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top->vdev_parent == rvd);
6140 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == pvops);
6141 	ASSERT(oldvd->vdev_parent == pvd);
6142 
6143 	/*
6144 	 * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd.
6145 	 */
6146 	vdev_remove_child(newrootvd, newvd);
6147 	newvd->vdev_id = pvd->vdev_children;
6148 	newvd->vdev_crtxg = oldvd->vdev_crtxg;
6149 	vdev_add_child(pvd, newvd);
6150 
6151 	tvd = newvd->vdev_top;
6152 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top == tvd);
6153 	ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
6154 
6155 	vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
6156 
6157 	/*
6158 	 * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account
6159 	 * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks.  It will propagate upward when
6160 	 * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess().
6161 	 */
6162 	dtl_max_txg = txg + TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES;
6163 
6164 	vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd, DTL_MISSING, TXG_INITIAL,
6165 	    dtl_max_txg - TXG_INITIAL);
6166 
6167 	if (newvd->vdev_isspare) {
6168 		spa_spare_activate(newvd);
6169 		spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE);
6170 	}
6171 
6172 	oldvdpath = spa_strdup(oldvd->vdev_path);
6173 	newvdpath = spa_strdup(newvd->vdev_path);
6174 	newvd_isspare = newvd->vdev_isspare;
6175 
6176 	/*
6177 	 * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg.
6178 	 */
6179 	vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, newvd, txg);
6180 
6181 	/*
6182 	 * Schedule the resilver to restart in the future. We do this to
6183 	 * ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been stitched into the
6184 	 * respective datasets.
6185 	 */
6186 	dsl_resilver_restart(spa->spa_dsl_pool, dtl_max_txg);
6187 
6188 	if (spa->spa_bootfs)
6189 		spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
6190 
6191 	spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
6192 
6193 	/*
6194 	 * Commit the config
6195 	 */
6196 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, dtl_max_txg, 0);
6197 
6198 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev attach", NULL,
6199 	    "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s",
6200 	    replacing && newvd_isspare ? "spare in" :
6201 	    replacing ? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath,
6202 	    replacing ? "for" : "to", oldvdpath);
6203 
6204 	spa_strfree(oldvdpath);
6205 	spa_strfree(newvdpath);
6206 
6207 	return (0);
6208 }
6209 
6210 /*
6211  * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev.
6212  *
6213  * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent
6214  * is a replacing vdev.
6215  */
6216 int
6217 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t pguid, int replace_done)
6218 {
6219 	uint64_t txg;
6220 	int error;
6221 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
6222 	vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *cvd, *tvd;
6223 	boolean_t unspare = B_FALSE;
6224 	uint64_t unspare_guid = 0;
6225 	char *vdpath;
6226 
6227 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
6228 
6229 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
6230 
6231 	vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
6232 
6233 	/*
6234 	 * Besides being called directly from the userland through the
6235 	 * ioctl interface, spa_vdev_detach() can be potentially called
6236 	 * at the end of spa_vdev_resilver_done().
6237 	 *
6238 	 * In the regular case, when we have a checkpoint this shouldn't
6239 	 * happen as we never empty the DTLs of a vdev during the scrub
6240 	 * [see comment in dsl_scan_done()]. Thus spa_vdev_resilvering_done()
6241 	 * should never get here when we have a checkpoint.
6242 	 *
6243 	 * That said, even in a case when we checkpoint the pool exactly
6244 	 * as spa_vdev_resilver_done() calls this function everything
6245 	 * should be fine as the resilver will return right away.
6246 	 */
6247 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
6248 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
6249 		error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
6250 		    ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
6251 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
6252 	}
6253 
6254 	if (vd == NULL)
6255 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
6256 
6257 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
6258 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
6259 
6260 	pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
6261 
6262 	/*
6263 	 * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it.
6264 	 * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing
6265 	 * vdev that's replacing B with C.  The user's intent in replacing
6266 	 * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C).  If the user decides to cancel
6267 	 * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up
6268 	 * M(A,B).  But suppose that right after deciding to detach C,
6269 	 * the replacement of B completes.  We would have M(A,C), and then
6270 	 * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what
6271 	 * the user wanted.  To prevent this, we make sure that the
6272 	 * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example,
6273 	 * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R.
6274 	 */
6275 	if (pvd->vdev_guid != pguid && pguid != 0)
6276 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
6277 
6278 	/*
6279 	 * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced.
6280 	 */
6281 	if (replace_done && pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
6282 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
6283 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
6284 
6285 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops ||
6286 	    spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
6287 
6288 	/*
6289 	 * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach.
6290 	 */
6291 	if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
6292 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
6293 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
6294 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
6295 
6296 	/*
6297 	 * If this device has the only valid copy of some data,
6298 	 * we cannot safely detach it.
6299 	 */
6300 	if (vdev_dtl_required(vd))
6301 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
6302 
6303 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_children >= 2);
6304 
6305 	/*
6306 	 * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then
6307 	 * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old"
6308 	 * at the end in spa_vdev_attach().  If so, undo that change now.
6309 	 */
6310 	if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops && vd->vdev_id > 0 &&
6311 	    vd->vdev_path != NULL) {
6312 		size_t len = strlen(vd->vdev_path);
6313 
6314 		for (int c = 0; c < pvd->vdev_children; c++) {
6315 			cvd = pvd->vdev_child[c];
6316 
6317 			if (cvd == vd || cvd->vdev_path == NULL)
6318 				continue;
6319 
6320 			if (strncmp(cvd->vdev_path, vd->vdev_path, len) == 0 &&
6321 			    strcmp(cvd->vdev_path + len, "/old") == 0) {
6322 				spa_strfree(cvd->vdev_path);
6323 				cvd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
6324 				break;
6325 			}
6326 		}
6327 	}
6328 
6329 	/*
6330 	 * If we are detaching the original disk from a spare, then it implies
6331 	 * that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed from the
6332 	 * active spare list for the pool.
6333 	 */
6334 	if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
6335 	    vd->vdev_id == 0 &&
6336 	    pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_isspare)
6337 		unspare = B_TRUE;
6338 
6339 	/*
6340 	 * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things.
6341 	 * This must be done after all other error cases are handled,
6342 	 * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it).
6343 	 * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal --
6344 	 * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason
6345 	 * it's being detached!
6346 	 */
6347 	error = vdev_label_init(vd, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE);
6348 
6349 	/*
6350 	 * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children.
6351 	 */
6352 	vdev_remove_child(pvd, vd);
6353 	vdev_compact_children(pvd);
6354 
6355 	/*
6356 	 * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below.
6357 	 */
6358 	cvd = pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1];
6359 
6360 	/*
6361 	 * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares,
6362 	 * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process.
6363 	 * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can
6364 	 * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID.  For a similar
6365 	 * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach;
6366 	 * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and
6367 	 * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail.
6368 	 */
6369 	if (unspare) {
6370 		ASSERT(cvd->vdev_isspare);
6371 		spa_spare_remove(cvd);
6372 		unspare_guid = cvd->vdev_guid;
6373 		(void) spa_vdev_remove(spa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
6374 		cvd->vdev_unspare = B_TRUE;
6375 	}
6376 
6377 	/*
6378 	 * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child,
6379 	 * the parent is no longer needed.  Remove it from the tree.
6380 	 */
6381 	if (pvd->vdev_children == 1) {
6382 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops)
6383 			cvd->vdev_unspare = B_FALSE;
6384 		vdev_remove_parent(cvd);
6385 	}
6386 
6387 
6388 	/*
6389 	 * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed
6390 	 * may have been the previous top-level vdev.
6391 	 */
6392 	tvd = cvd->vdev_top;
6393 	ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
6394 
6395 	/*
6396 	 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
6397 	 */
6398 	vdev_propagate_state(cvd);
6399 
6400 	/*
6401 	 * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically
6402 	 * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we
6403 	 * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to
6404 	 * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev
6405 	 * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs.
6406 	 */
6407 	if (spa->spa_autoexpand) {
6408 		vdev_reopen(tvd);
6409 		vdev_expand(tvd, txg);
6410 	}
6411 
6412 	vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
6413 
6414 	/*
6415 	 * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg.  vdev_dtl_sync() will see that
6416 	 * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context.
6417 	 * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to
6418 	 * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed.
6419 	 */
6420 	vdpath = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
6421 	for (int t = 0; t < TXG_SIZE; t++)
6422 		(void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd->vdev_dtl_list, vd, t);
6423 	vd->vdev_detached = B_TRUE;
6424 	vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, vd, txg);
6425 
6426 	spa_event_notify(spa, vd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE);
6427 
6428 	/* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */
6429 	spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
6430 
6431 	error = spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
6432 
6433 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", NULL,
6434 	    "vdev=%s", vdpath);
6435 	spa_strfree(vdpath);
6436 
6437 	/*
6438 	 * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev,
6439 	 * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare
6440 	 * list of every other pool.
6441 	 */
6442 	if (unspare) {
6443 		spa_t *altspa = NULL;
6444 
6445 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6446 		while ((altspa = spa_next(altspa)) != NULL) {
6447 			if (altspa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
6448 			    altspa == spa)
6449 				continue;
6450 
6451 			spa_open_ref(altspa, FTAG);
6452 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6453 			(void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
6454 			mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6455 			spa_close(altspa, FTAG);
6456 		}
6457 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6458 
6459 		/* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */
6460 		spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
6461 	}
6462 
6463 	/* all done with the spa; OK to release */
6464 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6465 	spa_close(spa, FTAG);
6466 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6467 
6468 	return (error);
6469 }
6470 
6471 int
6472 spa_vdev_initialize(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t cmd_type)
6473 {
6474 	/*
6475 	 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
6476 	 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
6477 	 * stopping initialization. The config and state locks are held so that
6478 	 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
6479 	 * the initializing operation.
6480 	 */
6481 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6482 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6483 
6484 	/* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
6485 	vdev_t *vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
6486 	if (vd == NULL || vd->vdev_detached) {
6487 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6488 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6489 		return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV));
6490 	} else if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || !vdev_is_concrete(vd)) {
6491 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6492 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6493 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
6494 	} else if (!vdev_writeable(vd)) {
6495 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6496 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6497 		return (SET_ERROR(EROFS));
6498 	}
6499 	mutex_enter(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
6500 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6501 
6502 	/*
6503 	 * When we activate an initialize action we check to see
6504 	 * if the vdev_initialize_thread is NULL. We do this instead
6505 	 * of using the vdev_initialize_state since there might be
6506 	 * a previous initialization process which has completed but
6507 	 * the thread is not exited.
6508 	 */
6509 	if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_DO &&
6510 	    (vd->vdev_initialize_thread != NULL ||
6511 	    vd->vdev_top->vdev_removing)) {
6512 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
6513 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6514 		return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
6515 	} else if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL &&
6516 	    (vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE &&
6517 	    vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED)) {
6518 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
6519 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6520 		return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH));
6521 	} else if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND &&
6522 	    vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE) {
6523 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
6524 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6525 		return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH));
6526 	}
6527 
6528 	switch (cmd_type) {
6529 	case POOL_INITIALIZE_DO:
6530 		vdev_initialize(vd);
6531 		break;
6532 	case POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL:
6533 		vdev_initialize_stop(vd, VDEV_INITIALIZE_CANCELED);
6534 		break;
6535 	case POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND:
6536 		vdev_initialize_stop(vd, VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED);
6537 		break;
6538 	default:
6539 		panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type);
6540 	}
6541 	mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
6542 
6543 	/* Sync out the initializing state */
6544 	txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
6545 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6546 
6547 	return (0);
6548 }
6549 
6550 
6551 /*
6552  * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them.
6553  */
6554 int
6555 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t *spa, char *newname, nvlist_t *config,
6556     nvlist_t *props, boolean_t exp)
6557 {
6558 	int error = 0;
6559 	uint64_t txg, *glist;
6560 	spa_t *newspa;
6561 	uint_t c, children, lastlog;
6562 	nvlist_t **child, *nvl, *tmp;
6563 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
6564 	char *altroot = NULL;
6565 	vdev_t *rvd, **vml = NULL;			/* vdev modify list */
6566 	boolean_t activate_slog;
6567 
6568 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
6569 
6570 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
6571 
6572 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
6573 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
6574 		error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
6575 		    ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
6576 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
6577 	}
6578 
6579 	/* clear the log and flush everything up to now */
6580 	activate_slog = spa_passivate_log(spa);
6581 	(void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
6582 	error = spa_reset_logs(spa);
6583 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
6584 
6585 	if (activate_slog)
6586 		spa_activate_log(spa);
6587 
6588 	if (error != 0)
6589 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
6590 
6591 	/* check new spa name before going any further */
6592 	if (spa_lookup(newname) != NULL)
6593 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EEXIST));
6594 
6595 	/*
6596 	 * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors
6597 	 */
6598 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvl) != 0 ||
6599 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, &child,
6600 	    &children) != 0)
6601 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
6602 
6603 	/* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */
6604 	rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
6605 	lastlog = 0;
6606 	for (c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
6607 		vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
6608 
6609 		/* don't count the holes & logs as children */
6610 		if (vd->vdev_islog || !vdev_is_concrete(vd)) {
6611 			if (lastlog == 0)
6612 				lastlog = c;
6613 			continue;
6614 		}
6615 
6616 		lastlog = 0;
6617 	}
6618 	if (children != (lastlog != 0 ? lastlog : rvd->vdev_children))
6619 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
6620 
6621 	/* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */
6622 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &tmp) == 0 ||
6623 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &tmp) == 0)
6624 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
6625 
6626 	vml = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
6627 	glist = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP);
6628 
6629 	/* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */
6630 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
6631 		uint64_t is_hole = 0;
6632 
6633 		(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE,
6634 		    &is_hole);
6635 
6636 		if (is_hole != 0) {
6637 			if (spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ishole ||
6638 			    spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_islog) {
6639 				continue;
6640 			} else {
6641 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
6642 				break;
6643 			}
6644 		}
6645 
6646 		/* which disk is going to be split? */
6647 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
6648 		    &glist[c]) != 0) {
6649 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
6650 			break;
6651 		}
6652 
6653 		/* look it up in the spa */
6654 		vml[c] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[c], B_FALSE);
6655 		if (vml[c] == NULL) {
6656 			error = SET_ERROR(ENODEV);
6657 			break;
6658 		}
6659 
6660 		/* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */
6661 		if (vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops ||
6662 		    vml[c]->vdev_islog ||
6663 		    !vdev_is_concrete(vml[c]) ||
6664 		    vml[c]->vdev_isspare ||
6665 		    vml[c]->vdev_isl2cache ||
6666 		    !vdev_writeable(vml[c]) ||
6667 		    vml[c]->vdev_children != 0 ||
6668 		    vml[c]->vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY ||
6669 		    c != spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_id) {
6670 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
6671 			break;
6672 		}
6673 
6674 		if (vdev_dtl_required(vml[c])) {
6675 			error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY);
6676 			break;
6677 		}
6678 
6679 		/* we need certain info from the top level */
6680 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY,
6681 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_array) == 0);
6682 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT,
6683 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_shift) == 0);
6684 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE,
6685 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_asize) == 0);
6686 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT,
6687 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ashift) == 0);
6688 
6689 		/* transfer per-vdev ZAPs */
6690 		ASSERT3U(vml[c]->vdev_leaf_zap, !=, 0);
6691 		VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c],
6692 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_LEAF_ZAP, vml[c]->vdev_leaf_zap));
6693 
6694 		ASSERT3U(vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_top_zap, !=, 0);
6695 		VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c],
6696 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TOP_ZAP,
6697 		    vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_top_zap));
6698 	}
6699 
6700 	if (error != 0) {
6701 		kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
6702 		kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
6703 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
6704 	}
6705 
6706 	/* stop writers from using the disks */
6707 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
6708 		if (vml[c] != NULL)
6709 			vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_TRUE;
6710 	}
6711 	vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6712 
6713 	/*
6714 	 * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config.  This
6715 	 * will disappear once the config is regenerated.
6716 	 */
6717 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvl, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
6718 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
6719 	    glist, children) == 0);
6720 	kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
6721 
6722 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
6723 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT,
6724 	    nvl) == 0);
6725 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
6726 	spa->spa_config_splitting = nvl;
6727 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6728 
6729 	/* configure and create the new pool */
6730 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, newname) == 0);
6731 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
6732 	    exp ? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED : POOL_STATE_ACTIVE) == 0);
6733 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
6734 	    spa_version(spa)) == 0);
6735 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
6736 	    spa->spa_config_txg) == 0);
6737 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
6738 	    spa_generate_guid(NULL)) == 0);
6739 	VERIFY0(nvlist_add_boolean(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS));
6740 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
6741 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
6742 
6743 	/* add the new pool to the namespace */
6744 	newspa = spa_add(newname, config, altroot);
6745 	newspa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD;
6746 	newspa->spa_config_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
6747 	spa_set_log_state(newspa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
6748 
6749 	/* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */
6750 	spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
6751 
6752 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
6753 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 1);
6754 
6755 	spa_activate(newspa, spa_mode_global);
6756 	spa_async_suspend(newspa);
6757 
6758 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
6759 		if (vml[c] != NULL) {
6760 			/*
6761 			 * Temporarily stop the initializing activity. We set
6762 			 * the state to ACTIVE so that we know to resume
6763 			 * the initializing once the split has completed.
6764 			 */
6765 			mutex_enter(&vml[c]->vdev_initialize_lock);
6766 			vdev_initialize_stop(vml[c], VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE);
6767 			mutex_exit(&vml[c]->vdev_initialize_lock);
6768 		}
6769 	}
6770 
6771 #ifndef illumos
6772 	/* mark that we are creating new spa by splitting */
6773 	newspa->spa_splitting_newspa = B_TRUE;
6774 #endif
6775 	newspa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SPLIT;
6776 
6777 	/* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */
6778 	error = spa_load(newspa, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE);
6779 #ifndef illumos
6780 	newspa->spa_splitting_newspa = B_FALSE;
6781 #endif
6782 	if (error)
6783 		goto out;
6784 
6785 	/* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */
6786 	if (newspa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
6787 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&newspa->spa_config_splitting,
6788 		    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
6789 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(newspa->spa_config_splitting,
6790 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID, spa_guid(spa)) == 0);
6791 		spa_config_set(newspa, spa_config_generate(newspa, NULL, -1ULL,
6792 		    B_TRUE));
6793 	}
6794 
6795 	/* set the props */
6796 	if (props != NULL) {
6797 		spa_configfile_set(newspa, props, B_FALSE);
6798 		error = spa_prop_set(newspa, props);
6799 		if (error)
6800 			goto out;
6801 	}
6802 
6803 	/* flush everything */
6804 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa);
6805 	vdev_config_dirty(newspa->spa_root_vdev);
6806 	(void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
6807 
6808 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
6809 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 2);
6810 
6811 	spa_async_resume(newspa);
6812 
6813 	/* finally, update the original pool's config */
6814 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
6815 	tx = dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa)->dp_mos_dir);
6816 	error = dmu_tx_assign(tx, TXG_WAIT);
6817 	if (error != 0)
6818 		dmu_tx_abort(tx);
6819 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
6820 		if (vml[c] != NULL) {
6821 			vdev_split(vml[c]);
6822 			if (error == 0)
6823 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", tx,
6824 				    "vdev=%s", vml[c]->vdev_path);
6825 
6826 			vdev_free(vml[c]);
6827 		}
6828 	}
6829 	spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD;
6830 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6831 	spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
6832 	nvlist_free(nvl);
6833 	if (error == 0)
6834 		dmu_tx_commit(tx);
6835 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0);
6836 
6837 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
6838 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 3);
6839 
6840 	/* split is complete; log a history record */
6841 	spa_history_log_internal(newspa, "split", NULL,
6842 	    "from pool %s", spa_name(spa));
6843 
6844 	kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
6845 
6846 	/* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */
6847 	if (exp)
6848 		error = spa_export_common(newname, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, NULL,
6849 		    B_FALSE, B_FALSE);
6850 
6851 	return (error);
6852 
6853 out:
6854 	spa_unload(newspa);
6855 	spa_deactivate(newspa);
6856 	spa_remove(newspa);
6857 
6858 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
6859 
6860 	/* re-online all offlined disks */
6861 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
6862 		if (vml[c] != NULL)
6863 			vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
6864 	}
6865 
6866 	/* restart initializing disks as necessary */
6867 	spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART);
6868 
6869 	vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6870 
6871 	nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
6872 	spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
6873 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error);
6874 
6875 	kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
6876 	return (error);
6877 }
6878 
6879 /*
6880  * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's
6881  * currently spared, so we can detach it.
6882  */
6883 static vdev_t *
6884 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t *vd)
6885 {
6886 	vdev_t *newvd, *oldvd;
6887 
6888 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
6889 		oldvd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd->vdev_child[c]);
6890 		if (oldvd != NULL)
6891 			return (oldvd);
6892 	}
6893 
6894 	/*
6895 	 * Check for a completed replacement.  We always consider the first
6896 	 * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be
6897 	 * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works).  In
6898 	 * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically
6899 	 * remove it after a resilver completes.  This is OK as it will require
6900 	 * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep.
6901 	 */
6902 	if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops) {
6903 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_children > 1);
6904 
6905 		newvd = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
6906 		oldvd = vd->vdev_child[0];
6907 
6908 		if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
6909 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
6910 		    !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
6911 			return (oldvd);
6912 	}
6913 
6914 	/*
6915 	 * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set.
6916 	 * Also potentially update faulted state.
6917 	 */
6918 	if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops) {
6919 		vdev_t *first = vd->vdev_child[0];
6920 		vdev_t *last = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
6921 
6922 		if (last->vdev_unspare) {
6923 			oldvd = first;
6924 			newvd = last;
6925 		} else if (first->vdev_unspare) {
6926 			oldvd = last;
6927 			newvd = first;
6928 		} else {
6929 			oldvd = NULL;
6930 		}
6931 
6932 		if (oldvd != NULL &&
6933 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
6934 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
6935 		    !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
6936 			return (oldvd);
6937 
6938 		vdev_propagate_state(vd);
6939 
6940 		/*
6941 		 * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk,
6942 		 * and those spares are not required, then we want to
6943 		 * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used
6944 		 * by other pools.  Once we're back down to a single
6945 		 * disk+spare, we stop removing them.
6946 		 */
6947 		if (vd->vdev_children > 2) {
6948 			newvd = vd->vdev_child[1];
6949 
6950 			if (newvd->vdev_isspare && last->vdev_isspare &&
6951 			    vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_MISSING) &&
6952 			    vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
6953 			    !vdev_dtl_required(newvd))
6954 				return (newvd);
6955 		}
6956 	}
6957 
6958 	return (NULL);
6959 }
6960 
6961 static void
6962 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa)
6963 {
6964 	vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *ppvd;
6965 	uint64_t guid, sguid, pguid, ppguid;
6966 
6967 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
6968 
6969 	while ((vd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa->spa_root_vdev)) != NULL) {
6970 		pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
6971 		ppvd = pvd->vdev_parent;
6972 		guid = vd->vdev_guid;
6973 		pguid = pvd->vdev_guid;
6974 		ppguid = ppvd->vdev_guid;
6975 		sguid = 0;
6976 		/*
6977 		 * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then
6978 		 * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot
6979 		 * spare) as well.
6980 		 */
6981 		if (ppvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && pvd->vdev_id == 0 &&
6982 		    ppvd->vdev_children == 2) {
6983 			ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops);
6984 			sguid = ppvd->vdev_child[1]->vdev_guid;
6985 		}
6986 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_resilver_txg == 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd));
6987 
6988 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
6989 		if (spa_vdev_detach(spa, guid, pguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
6990 			return;
6991 		if (sguid && spa_vdev_detach(spa, sguid, ppguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
6992 			return;
6993 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
6994 	}
6995 
6996 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
6997 }
6998 
6999 /*
7000  * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev.
7001  */
7002 int
7003 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *value,
7004     boolean_t ispath)
7005 {
7006 	vdev_t *vd;
7007 	boolean_t sync = B_FALSE;
7008 
7009 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
7010 
7011 	spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_ALL);
7012 
7013 	if ((vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_TRUE)) == NULL)
7014 		return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOENT));
7015 
7016 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
7017 		return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOTSUP));
7018 
7019 	if (ispath) {
7020 		if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_path) != 0) {
7021 			spa_strfree(vd->vdev_path);
7022 			vd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(value);
7023 			sync = B_TRUE;
7024 		}
7025 	} else {
7026 		if (vd->vdev_fru == NULL) {
7027 			vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
7028 			sync = B_TRUE;
7029 		} else if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_fru) != 0) {
7030 			spa_strfree(vd->vdev_fru);
7031 			vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
7032 			sync = B_TRUE;
7033 		}
7034 	}
7035 
7036 	return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, sync ? vd : NULL, 0));
7037 }
7038 
7039 int
7040 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newpath)
7041 {
7042 	return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newpath, B_TRUE));
7043 }
7044 
7045 int
7046 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newfru)
7047 {
7048 	return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newfru, B_FALSE));
7049 }
7050 
7051 /*
7052  * ==========================================================================
7053  * SPA Scanning
7054  * ==========================================================================
7055  */
7056 int
7057 spa_scrub_pause_resume(spa_t *spa, pool_scrub_cmd_t cmd)
7058 {
7059 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
7060 
7061 	if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool))
7062 		return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
7063 
7064 	return (dsl_scrub_set_pause_resume(spa->spa_dsl_pool, cmd));
7065 }
7066 
7067 int
7068 spa_scan_stop(spa_t *spa)
7069 {
7070 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
7071 	if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool))
7072 		return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
7073 	return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa->spa_dsl_pool));
7074 }
7075 
7076 int
7077 spa_scan(spa_t *spa, pool_scan_func_t func)
7078 {
7079 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
7080 
7081 	if (func >= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS || func == POOL_SCAN_NONE)
7082 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
7083 
7084 	/*
7085 	 * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a
7086 	 * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do.
7087 	 */
7088 	if (func == POOL_SCAN_RESILVER &&
7089 	    !vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL)) {
7090 		spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE);
7091 		return (0);
7092 	}
7093 
7094 	return (dsl_scan(spa->spa_dsl_pool, func));
7095 }
7096 
7097 /*
7098  * ==========================================================================
7099  * SPA async task processing
7100  * ==========================================================================
7101  */
7102 
7103 static void
7104 spa_async_remove(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
7105 {
7106 	if (vd->vdev_remove_wanted) {
7107 		vd->vdev_remove_wanted = B_FALSE;
7108 		vd->vdev_delayed_close = B_FALSE;
7109 		vdev_set_state(vd, B_FALSE, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED, VDEV_AUX_NONE);
7110 
7111 		/*
7112 		 * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full
7113 		 * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away
7114 		 * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the
7115 		 * device, all of which is a waste.
7116 		 */
7117 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_read_errors = 0;
7118 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_write_errors = 0;
7119 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_checksum_errors = 0;
7120 
7121 		vdev_state_dirty(vd->vdev_top);
7122 		/* Tell userspace that the vdev is gone. */
7123 		zfs_post_remove(spa, vd);
7124 	}
7125 
7126 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
7127 		spa_async_remove(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
7128 }
7129 
7130 static void
7131 spa_async_probe(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
7132 {
7133 	if (vd->vdev_probe_wanted) {
7134 		vd->vdev_probe_wanted = B_FALSE;
7135 		vdev_reopen(vd);	/* vdev_open() does the actual probe */
7136 	}
7137 
7138 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
7139 		spa_async_probe(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
7140 }
7141 
7142 static void
7143 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
7144 {
7145 	sysevent_id_t eid;
7146 	nvlist_t *attr;
7147 	char *physpath;
7148 
7149 	if (!spa->spa_autoexpand)
7150 		return;
7151 
7152 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
7153 		vdev_t *cvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
7154 		spa_async_autoexpand(spa, cvd);
7155 	}
7156 
7157 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || vd->vdev_physpath == NULL)
7158 		return;
7159 
7160 	physpath = kmem_zalloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
7161 	(void) snprintf(physpath, MAXPATHLEN, "/devices%s", vd->vdev_physpath);
7162 
7163 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&attr, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
7164 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(attr, DEV_PHYS_PATH, physpath) == 0);
7165 
7166 	(void) ddi_log_sysevent(zfs_dip, SUNW_VENDOR, EC_DEV_STATUS,
7167 	    ESC_ZFS_VDEV_AUTOEXPAND, attr, &eid, DDI_SLEEP);
7168 
7169 	nvlist_free(attr);
7170 	kmem_free(physpath, MAXPATHLEN);
7171 }
7172 
7173 static void
7174 spa_async_thread(void *arg)
7175 {
7176 	spa_t *spa = (spa_t *)arg;
7177 	int tasks;
7178 
7179 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on);
7180 
7181 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7182 	tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
7183 	spa->spa_async_tasks &= SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE;
7184 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7185 
7186 	/*
7187 	 * See if the config needs to be updated.
7188 	 */
7189 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE) {
7190 		uint64_t old_space, new_space;
7191 
7192 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
7193 		old_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
7194 		spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
7195 		new_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
7196 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7197 
7198 		/*
7199 		 * If the pool grew as a result of the config update,
7200 		 * then log an internal history event.
7201 		 */
7202 		if (new_space != old_space) {
7203 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev online", NULL,
7204 			    "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)",
7205 			    spa_name(spa), new_space, new_space - old_space);
7206 		}
7207 	}
7208 
7209 	if ((tasks & SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND) && !spa_suspended(spa)) {
7210 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
7211 		spa_async_autoexpand(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
7212 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
7213 	}
7214 
7215 	/*
7216 	 * See if any devices need to be probed.
7217 	 */
7218 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_PROBE) {
7219 		spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
7220 		spa_async_probe(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
7221 		(void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
7222 	}
7223 
7224 	/*
7225 	 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them.
7226 	 */
7227 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE)
7228 		spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
7229 
7230 	/*
7231 	 * Kick off a resilver.
7232 	 */
7233 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER)
7234 		dsl_resilver_restart(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
7235 
7236 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART) {
7237 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
7238 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
7239 		vdev_initialize_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev);
7240 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
7241 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7242 	}
7243 
7244 	/*
7245 	 * Let the world know that we're done.
7246 	 */
7247 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7248 	spa->spa_async_thread = NULL;
7249 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_async_cv);
7250 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7251 	thread_exit();
7252 }
7253 
7254 static void
7255 spa_async_thread_vd(void *arg)
7256 {
7257 	spa_t *spa = arg;
7258 	int tasks;
7259 
7260 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7261 	tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
7262 retry:
7263 	spa->spa_async_tasks &= ~SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE;
7264 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7265 
7266 	/*
7267 	 * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED.
7268 	 */
7269 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) {
7270 		spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
7271 		spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
7272 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++)
7273 			spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
7274 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
7275 			spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
7276 		(void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
7277 	}
7278 
7279 	/*
7280 	 * Let the world know that we're done.
7281 	 */
7282 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7283 	tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
7284 	if ((tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) != 0)
7285 		goto retry;
7286 	spa->spa_async_thread_vd = NULL;
7287 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_async_cv);
7288 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7289 	thread_exit();
7290 }
7291 
7292 void
7293 spa_async_suspend(spa_t *spa)
7294 {
7295 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7296 	spa->spa_async_suspended++;
7297 	while (spa->spa_async_thread != NULL ||
7298 	    spa->spa_async_thread_vd != NULL)
7299 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_async_cv, &spa->spa_async_lock);
7300 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7301 
7302 	spa_vdev_remove_suspend(spa);
7303 
7304 	zthr_t *condense_thread = spa->spa_condense_zthr;
7305 	if (condense_thread != NULL && zthr_isrunning(condense_thread))
7306 		VERIFY0(zthr_cancel(condense_thread));
7307 
7308 	zthr_t *discard_thread = spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr;
7309 	if (discard_thread != NULL && zthr_isrunning(discard_thread))
7310 		VERIFY0(zthr_cancel(discard_thread));
7311 }
7312 
7313 void
7314 spa_async_resume(spa_t *spa)
7315 {
7316 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7317 	ASSERT(spa->spa_async_suspended != 0);
7318 	spa->spa_async_suspended--;
7319 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7320 	spa_restart_removal(spa);
7321 
7322 	zthr_t *condense_thread = spa->spa_condense_zthr;
7323 	if (condense_thread != NULL && !zthr_isrunning(condense_thread))
7324 		zthr_resume(condense_thread);
7325 
7326 	zthr_t *discard_thread = spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr;
7327 	if (discard_thread != NULL && !zthr_isrunning(discard_thread))
7328 		zthr_resume(discard_thread);
7329 }
7330 
7331 static boolean_t
7332 spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t *spa)
7333 {
7334 	uint_t non_config_tasks;
7335 	uint_t config_task;
7336 	boolean_t config_task_suspended;
7337 
7338 	non_config_tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks & ~(SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE |
7339 	    SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE);
7340 	config_task = spa->spa_async_tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE;
7341 	if (spa->spa_ccw_fail_time == 0) {
7342 		config_task_suspended = B_FALSE;
7343 	} else {
7344 		config_task_suspended =
7345 		    (gethrtime() - spa->spa_ccw_fail_time) <
7346 		    (zfs_ccw_retry_interval * NANOSEC);
7347 	}
7348 
7349 	return (non_config_tasks || (config_task && !config_task_suspended));
7350 }
7351 
7352 static void
7353 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t *spa)
7354 {
7355 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7356 	if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa) &&
7357 	    !spa->spa_async_suspended &&
7358 	    spa->spa_async_thread == NULL &&
7359 	    rootdir != NULL)
7360 		spa->spa_async_thread = thread_create(NULL, 0,
7361 		    spa_async_thread, spa, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, maxclsyspri);
7362 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7363 }
7364 
7365 static void
7366 spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa_t *spa)
7367 {
7368 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7369 	if ((spa->spa_async_tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) != 0 &&
7370 	    !spa->spa_async_suspended &&
7371 	    spa->spa_async_thread_vd == NULL &&
7372 	    rootdir != NULL)
7373 		spa->spa_async_thread_vd = thread_create(NULL, 0,
7374 		    spa_async_thread_vd, spa, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, maxclsyspri);
7375 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7376 }
7377 
7378 void
7379 spa_async_request(spa_t *spa, int task)
7380 {
7381 	zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa->spa_name, task);
7382 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7383 	spa->spa_async_tasks |= task;
7384 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7385 	spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa);
7386 }
7387 
7388 /*
7389  * ==========================================================================
7390  * SPA syncing routines
7391  * ==========================================================================
7392  */
7393 
7394 static int
7395 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7396 {
7397 	bpobj_t *bpo = arg;
7398 	bpobj_enqueue(bpo, bp, tx);
7399 	return (0);
7400 }
7401 
7402 static int
7403 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7404 {
7405 	zio_t *zio = arg;
7406 
7407 	zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(zio, zio->io_spa, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), bp,
7408 	    BP_GET_PSIZE(bp), zio->io_flags));
7409 	return (0);
7410 }
7411 
7412 /*
7413  * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
7414  * amount of time spent syncing frees.
7415  */
7416 static void
7417 spa_sync_frees(spa_t *spa, bplist_t *bpl, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7418 {
7419 	zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
7420 	bplist_iterate(bpl, spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx);
7421 	VERIFY(zio_wait(zio) == 0);
7422 }
7423 
7424 /*
7425  * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
7426  * amount of time spent syncing deferred frees.
7427  */
7428 static void
7429 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7430 {
7431 	zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
7432 	VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
7433 	    spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx), ==, 0);
7434 	VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio));
7435 }
7436 
7437 
7438 static void
7439 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t *nv, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7440 {
7441 	char *packed = NULL;
7442 	size_t bufsize;
7443 	size_t nvsize = 0;
7444 	dmu_buf_t *db;
7445 
7446 	VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR) == 0);
7447 
7448 	/*
7449 	 * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration
7450 	 * information.  This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and
7451 	 * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about.
7452 	 */
7453 	bufsize = P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE);
7454 	packed = kmem_alloc(bufsize, KM_SLEEP);
7455 
7456 	VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv, &packed, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR,
7457 	    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
7458 	bzero(packed + nvsize, bufsize - nvsize);
7459 
7460 	dmu_write(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, bufsize, packed, tx);
7461 
7462 	kmem_free(packed, bufsize);
7463 
7464 	VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db));
7465 	dmu_buf_will_dirty(db, tx);
7466 	*(uint64_t *)db->db_data = nvsize;
7467 	dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
7468 }
7469 
7470 static void
7471 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t *spa, spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, dmu_tx_t *tx,
7472     const char *config, const char *entry)
7473 {
7474 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
7475 	nvlist_t **list;
7476 	int i;
7477 
7478 	if (!sav->sav_sync)
7479 		return;
7480 
7481 	/*
7482 	 * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices.
7483 	 * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is
7484 	 * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately.
7485 	 */
7486 	if (sav->sav_object == 0) {
7487 		sav->sav_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7488 		    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE,
7489 		    sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
7490 		VERIFY(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7491 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, entry, sizeof (uint64_t), 1,
7492 		    &sav->sav_object, tx) == 0);
7493 	}
7494 
7495 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
7496 	if (sav->sav_count == 0) {
7497 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, NULL, 0) == 0);
7498 	} else {
7499 		list = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
7500 		for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
7501 			list[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa, sav->sav_vdevs[i],
7502 			    B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
7503 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, list,
7504 		    sav->sav_count) == 0);
7505 		for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
7506 			nvlist_free(list[i]);
7507 		kmem_free(list, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
7508 	}
7509 
7510 	spa_sync_nvlist(spa, sav->sav_object, nvroot, tx);
7511 	nvlist_free(nvroot);
7512 
7513 	sav->sav_sync = B_FALSE;
7514 }
7515 
7516 /*
7517  * Rebuild spa's all-vdev ZAP from the vdev ZAPs indicated in each vdev_t.
7518  * The all-vdev ZAP must be empty.
7519  */
7520 static void
7521 spa_avz_build(vdev_t *vd, uint64_t avz, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7522 {
7523 	spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa;
7524 	if (vd->vdev_top_zap != 0) {
7525 		VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, avz,
7526 		    vd->vdev_top_zap, tx));
7527 	}
7528 	if (vd->vdev_leaf_zap != 0) {
7529 		VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, avz,
7530 		    vd->vdev_leaf_zap, tx));
7531 	}
7532 	for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) {
7533 		spa_avz_build(vd->vdev_child[i], avz, tx);
7534 	}
7535 }
7536 
7537 static void
7538 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7539 {
7540 	nvlist_t *config;
7541 
7542 	/*
7543 	 * If the pool is being imported from a pre-per-vdev-ZAP version of ZFS,
7544 	 * its config may not be dirty but we still need to build per-vdev ZAPs.
7545 	 * Similarly, if the pool is being assembled (e.g. after a split), we
7546 	 * need to rebuild the AVZ although the config may not be dirty.
7547 	 */
7548 	if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list) &&
7549 	    spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_NONE)
7550 		return;
7551 
7552 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
7553 
7554 	ASSERT(spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_NONE ||
7555 	    spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE ||
7556 	    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps != 0);
7557 
7558 	if (spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD) {
7559 		/* Make and build the new AVZ */
7560 		uint64_t new_avz = zap_create(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7561 		    DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA, DMU_OT_NONE, 0, tx);
7562 		spa_avz_build(spa->spa_root_vdev, new_avz, tx);
7563 
7564 		/* Diff old AVZ with new one */
7565 		zap_cursor_t zc;
7566 		zap_attribute_t za;
7567 
7568 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
7569 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps);
7570 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
7571 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
7572 			uint64_t vdzap = za.za_first_integer;
7573 			if (zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, new_avz,
7574 			    vdzap) == ENOENT) {
7575 				/*
7576 				 * ZAP is listed in old AVZ but not in new one;
7577 				 * destroy it
7578 				 */
7579 				VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, vdzap,
7580 				    tx));
7581 			}
7582 		}
7583 
7584 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
7585 
7586 		/* Destroy the old AVZ */
7587 		VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7588 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, tx));
7589 
7590 		/* Replace the old AVZ in the dir obj with the new one */
7591 		VERIFY0(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7592 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP,
7593 		    sizeof (new_avz), 1, &new_avz, tx));
7594 
7595 		spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = new_avz;
7596 	} else if (spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY) {
7597 		zap_cursor_t zc;
7598 		zap_attribute_t za;
7599 
7600 		/* Walk through the AVZ and destroy all listed ZAPs */
7601 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
7602 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps);
7603 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
7604 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
7605 			uint64_t zap = za.za_first_integer;
7606 			VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, zap, tx));
7607 		}
7608 
7609 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
7610 
7611 		/* Destroy and unlink the AVZ itself */
7612 		VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7613 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, tx));
7614 		VERIFY0(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7615 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, tx));
7616 		spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = 0;
7617 	}
7618 
7619 	if (spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps == 0) {
7620 		spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = zap_create_link(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7621 		    DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
7622 		    DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, tx);
7623 	}
7624 	spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_NONE;
7625 
7626 	/* Create ZAPs for vdevs that don't have them. */
7627 	vdev_construct_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev, tx);
7628 
7629 	config = spa_config_generate(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev,
7630 	    dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), B_FALSE);
7631 
7632 	/*
7633 	 * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that
7634 	 * the config object gets updated with the correct version.
7635 	 */
7636 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version)
7637 		fnvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
7638 		    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
7639 
7640 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
7641 
7642 	nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_syncing);
7643 	spa->spa_config_syncing = config;
7644 
7645 	spa_sync_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, config, tx);
7646 }
7647 
7648 static void
7649 spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7650 {
7651 	uint64_t *versionp = arg;
7652 	uint64_t version = *versionp;
7653 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
7654 
7655 	/*
7656 	 * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool.
7657 	 */
7658 	ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL);
7659 
7660 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
7661 	ASSERT(version >= spa_version(spa));
7662 
7663 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
7664 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
7665 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, "version=%lld", version);
7666 }
7667 
7668 /*
7669  * Set zpool properties.
7670  */
7671 static void
7672 spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7673 {
7674 	nvlist_t *nvp = arg;
7675 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
7676 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
7677 	nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
7678 
7679 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
7680 
7681 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem))) {
7682 		uint64_t intval;
7683 		char *strval, *fname;
7684 		zpool_prop_t prop;
7685 		const char *propname;
7686 		zprop_type_t proptype;
7687 		spa_feature_t fid;
7688 
7689 		switch (prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem))) {
7690 		case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL:
7691 			/*
7692 			 * We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate().
7693 			 */
7694 			ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
7695 
7696 			fname = strchr(nvpair_name(elem), '@') + 1;
7697 			VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname, &fid));
7698 
7699 			spa_feature_enable(spa, fid, tx);
7700 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
7701 			    "%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem));
7702 			break;
7703 
7704 		case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
7705 			intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
7706 			/*
7707 			 * The version is synced seperatly before other
7708 			 * properties and should be correct by now.
7709 			 */
7710 			ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa), >=, intval);
7711 			break;
7712 
7713 		case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT:
7714 			/*
7715 			 * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should
7716 			 * have been set temporarily at creation or import time.
7717 			 */
7718 			ASSERT(spa->spa_root != NULL);
7719 			break;
7720 
7721 		case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY:
7722 		case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
7723 			/*
7724 			 * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persisitent
7725 			 * properties.
7726 			 */
7727 			break;
7728 		case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
7729 			strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
7730 			if (spa->spa_comment != NULL)
7731 				spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
7732 			spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(strval);
7733 			/*
7734 			 * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs
7735 			 * so that their labels get updated.  It's unnecessary
7736 			 * to do this for pool creation since the vdev's
7737 			 * configuratoin has already been dirtied.
7738 			 */
7739 			if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
7740 				vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
7741 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
7742 			    "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
7743 			break;
7744 		default:
7745 			/*
7746 			 * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object.
7747 			 */
7748 			if (spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
7749 				spa->spa_pool_props_object =
7750 				    zap_create_link(mos, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS,
7751 				    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_PROPS,
7752 				    tx);
7753 			}
7754 
7755 			/* normalize the property name */
7756 			propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
7757 			proptype = zpool_prop_get_type(prop);
7758 
7759 			if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_STRING) {
7760 				ASSERT(proptype == PROP_TYPE_STRING);
7761 				strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
7762 				VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
7763 				    spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
7764 				    1, strlen(strval) + 1, strval, tx));
7765 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
7766 				    "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
7767 			} else if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
7768 				intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
7769 
7770 				if (proptype == PROP_TYPE_INDEX) {
7771 					const char *unused;
7772 					VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string(
7773 					    prop, intval, &unused));
7774 				}
7775 				VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
7776 				    spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
7777 				    8, 1, &intval, tx));
7778 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
7779 				    "%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem), intval);
7780 			} else {
7781 				ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */
7782 			}
7783 
7784 			switch (prop) {
7785 			case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
7786 				spa->spa_delegation = intval;
7787 				break;
7788 			case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
7789 				spa->spa_bootfs = intval;
7790 				break;
7791 			case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
7792 				spa->spa_failmode = intval;
7793 				break;
7794 			case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
7795 				spa->spa_autoexpand = intval;
7796 				if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
7797 					spa_async_request(spa,
7798 					    SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
7799 				break;
7800 			case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO:
7801 				spa->spa_dedup_ditto = intval;
7802 				break;
7803 			default:
7804 				break;
7805 			}
7806 		}
7807 
7808 	}
7809 
7810 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
7811 }
7812 
7813 /*
7814  * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes.  spa_version() does not
7815  * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this
7816  * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes.
7817  * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync
7818  * tasks.
7819  */
7820 static void
7821 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7822 {
7823 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
7824 
7825 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_pass == 1);
7826 
7827 	rrw_enter(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, RW_WRITER, FTAG);
7828 
7829 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN &&
7830 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN) {
7831 		dsl_pool_create_origin(dp, tx);
7832 
7833 		/* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */
7834 		spa->spa_minref += 3;
7835 	}
7836 
7837 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES &&
7838 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES) {
7839 		dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp, tx);
7840 	}
7841 
7842 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES &&
7843 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES) {
7844 		dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp, tx);
7845 
7846 		/* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */
7847 		spa->spa_minref += 3;
7848 	}
7849 
7850 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_FEATURES &&
7851 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
7852 		spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx);
7853 	}
7854 
7855 	/*
7856 	 * LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable
7857 	 * when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added
7858 	 * Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have
7859 	 * this feature active
7860 	 */
7861 	if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
7862 		boolean_t lz4_en = spa_feature_is_enabled(spa,
7863 		    SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
7864 		boolean_t lz4_ac = spa_feature_is_active(spa,
7865 		    SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
7866 
7867 		if (lz4_en && !lz4_ac)
7868 			spa_feature_incr(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS, tx);
7869 	}
7870 
7871 	/*
7872 	 * If we haven't written the salt, do so now.  Note that the
7873 	 * feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since
7874 	 * the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible.
7875 	 */
7876 	if (zap_contains(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
7877 	    DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT) == ENOENT) {
7878 		VERIFY0(zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7879 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
7880 		    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
7881 		    spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes, tx));
7882 	}
7883 
7884 	rrw_exit(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, FTAG);
7885 }
7886 
7887 static void
7888 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vdev_t *vd)
7889 {
7890 	vdev_indirect_mapping_t *vim = vd->vdev_indirect_mapping;
7891 	vdev_indirect_births_t *vib = vd->vdev_indirect_births;
7892 
7893 	if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_indirect_ops) {
7894 		ASSERT(vim != NULL);
7895 		ASSERT(vib != NULL);
7896 	}
7897 
7898 	if (vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd) != 0) {
7899 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm != NULL);
7900 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_removing ||
7901 		    vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_indirect_ops);
7902 		ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_num_entries(vim) > 0);
7903 		ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim) > 0);
7904 
7905 		ASSERT3U(vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd), ==,
7906 		    space_map_object(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm));
7907 		ASSERT3U(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim), >=,
7908 		    space_map_allocated(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm));
7909 	}
7910 	ASSERT(vd->vdev_obsolete_segments != NULL);
7911 
7912 	/*
7913 	 * Since frees / remaps to an indirect vdev can only
7914 	 * happen in syncing context, the obsolete segments
7915 	 * tree must be empty when we start syncing.
7916 	 */
7917 	ASSERT0(range_tree_space(vd->vdev_obsolete_segments));
7918 }
7919 
7920 /*
7921  * Sync the specified transaction group.  New blocks may be dirtied as
7922  * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges.
7923  */
7924 void
7925 spa_sync(spa_t *spa, uint64_t txg)
7926 {
7927 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
7928 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
7929 	bplist_t *free_bpl = &spa->spa_free_bplist[txg & TXG_MASK];
7930 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
7931 	vdev_t *vd;
7932 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
7933 	int error;
7934 	uint32_t max_queue_depth = zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active *
7935 	    zfs_vdev_queue_depth_pct / 100;
7936 
7937 	VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa));
7938 
7939 	/*
7940 	 * Wait for i/os issued in open context that need to complete
7941 	 * before this txg syncs.
7942 	 */
7943 	(void) zio_wait(spa->spa_txg_zio[txg & TXG_MASK]);
7944 	spa->spa_txg_zio[txg & TXG_MASK] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
7945 	    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL);
7946 
7947 	/*
7948 	 * Lock out configuration changes.
7949 	 */
7950 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
7951 
7952 	spa->spa_syncing_txg = txg;
7953 	spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
7954 
7955 	for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
7956 		mutex_enter(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]);
7957 		VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_alloc_trees[i]));
7958 		mutex_exit(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]);
7959 	}
7960 
7961 	/*
7962 	 * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them
7963 	 * into config changes that go out with this transaction group.
7964 	 */
7965 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
7966 	while (list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list) != NULL) {
7967 		/*
7968 		 * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs,
7969 		 * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config.
7970 		 * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we
7971 		 * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs
7972 		 * into the root vdev tree.
7973 		 */
7974 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
7975 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
7976 		while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list)) != NULL) {
7977 			vdev_state_clean(vd);
7978 			vdev_config_dirty(vd);
7979 		}
7980 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
7981 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
7982 	}
7983 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
7984 
7985 	tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
7986 
7987 	spa->spa_sync_starttime = gethrtime();
7988 #ifdef illumos
7989 	VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid,
7990 	    spa->spa_sync_starttime + spa->spa_deadman_synctime));
7991 #else	/* !illumos */
7992 #ifdef _KERNEL
7993 	callout_schedule(&spa->spa_deadman_cycid,
7994 	    hz * spa->spa_deadman_synctime / NANOSEC);
7995 #endif
7996 #endif	/* illumos */
7997 
7998 	/*
7999 	 * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg,
8000 	 * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs.
8001 	 */
8002 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE &&
8003 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
8004 		int i;
8005 
8006 		for (i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) {
8007 			vd = rvd->vdev_child[i];
8008 			if (vd->vdev_deflate_ratio != SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE)
8009 				break;
8010 		}
8011 		if (i == rvd->vdev_children) {
8012 			spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
8013 			VERIFY(0 == zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8014 			    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
8015 			    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx));
8016 		}
8017 	}
8018 
8019 	/*
8020 	 * Set the top-level vdev's max queue depth. Evaluate each
8021 	 * top-level's async write queue depth in case it changed.
8022 	 * The max queue depth will not change in the middle of syncing
8023 	 * out this txg.
8024 	 */
8025 	uint64_t slots_per_allocator = 0;
8026 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
8027 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
8028 		metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
8029 
8030 		if (mg == NULL || mg->mg_class != spa_normal_class(spa) ||
8031 		    !metaslab_group_initialized(mg))
8032 			continue;
8033 
8034 		/*
8035 		 * It is safe to do a lock-free check here because only async
8036 		 * allocations look at mg_max_alloc_queue_depth, and async
8037 		 * allocations all happen from spa_sync().
8038 		 */
8039 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++)
8040 			ASSERT0(refcount_count(&(mg->mg_alloc_queue_depth[i])));
8041 		mg->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth = max_queue_depth;
8042 
8043 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
8044 			mg->mg_cur_max_alloc_queue_depth[i] =
8045 			    zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth;
8046 		}
8047 		slots_per_allocator += zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth;
8048 	}
8049 	metaslab_class_t *mc = spa_normal_class(spa);
8050 	for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
8051 		ASSERT0(refcount_count(&mc->mc_alloc_slots[i]));
8052 		mc->mc_alloc_max_slots[i] = slots_per_allocator;
8053 	}
8054 	mc->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled;
8055 
8056 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
8057 		vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
8058 		vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vd);
8059 
8060 		if (vdev_indirect_should_condense(vd)) {
8061 			spa_condense_indirect_start_sync(vd, tx);
8062 			break;
8063 		}
8064 	}
8065 
8066 	/*
8067 	 * Iterate to convergence.
8068 	 */
8069 	do {
8070 		int pass = ++spa->spa_sync_pass;
8071 
8072 		spa_sync_config_object(spa, tx);
8073 		spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_spares, tx,
8074 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DMU_POOL_SPARES);
8075 		spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_l2cache, tx,
8076 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE);
8077 		spa_errlog_sync(spa, txg);
8078 		dsl_pool_sync(dp, txg);
8079 
8080 		if (pass < zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free) {
8081 			spa_sync_frees(spa, free_bpl, tx);
8082 		} else {
8083 			/*
8084 			 * We can not defer frees in pass 1, because
8085 			 * we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1.
8086 			 */
8087 			ASSERT3U(pass, >, 1);
8088 			bplist_iterate(free_bpl, bpobj_enqueue_cb,
8089 			    &spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, tx);
8090 		}
8091 
8092 		ddt_sync(spa, txg);
8093 		dsl_scan_sync(dp, tx);
8094 
8095 		if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL)
8096 			svr_sync(spa, tx);
8097 
8098 		while ((vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg))
8099 		    != NULL)
8100 			vdev_sync(vd, txg);
8101 
8102 		if (pass == 1) {
8103 			spa_sync_upgrades(spa, tx);
8104 			ASSERT3U(txg, >=,
8105 			    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth);
8106 			/*
8107 			 * Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty
8108 			 * because we could have marked the MOS dirty
8109 			 * without updating the uberblock (e.g. if we
8110 			 * have sync tasks but no dirty user data).  We
8111 			 * need to check the uberblock's rootbp because
8112 			 * it is updated if we have synced out dirty
8113 			 * data (though in this case the MOS will most
8114 			 * likely also be dirty due to second order
8115 			 * effects, we don't want to rely on that here).
8116 			 */
8117 			if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth < txg &&
8118 			    !dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg)) {
8119 				/*
8120 				 * Nothing changed on the first pass,
8121 				 * therefore this TXG is a no-op.  Avoid
8122 				 * syncing deferred frees, so that we
8123 				 * can keep this TXG as a no-op.
8124 				 */
8125 				ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets,
8126 				    txg));
8127 				ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
8128 				ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_sync_tasks, txg));
8129 				ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_early_sync_tasks,
8130 				    txg));
8131 				break;
8132 			}
8133 			spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa, tx);
8134 		}
8135 
8136 	} while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg));
8137 
8138 	if (!list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) {
8139 		/*
8140 		 * Make sure that the number of ZAPs for all the vdevs matches
8141 		 * the number of ZAPs in the per-vdev ZAP list. This only gets
8142 		 * called if the config is dirty; otherwise there may be
8143 		 * outstanding AVZ operations that weren't completed in
8144 		 * spa_sync_config_object.
8145 		 */
8146 		uint64_t all_vdev_zap_entry_count;
8147 		ASSERT0(zap_count(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8148 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, &all_vdev_zap_entry_count));
8149 		ASSERT3U(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev), ==,
8150 		    all_vdev_zap_entry_count);
8151 	}
8152 
8153 	if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL) {
8154 		ASSERT0(spa->spa_vdev_removal->svr_bytes_done[txg & TXG_MASK]);
8155 	}
8156 
8157 	/*
8158 	 * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock)
8159 	 * to commit the transaction group.
8160 	 *
8161 	 * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few
8162 	 * random top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the
8163 	 * config cache (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description).
8164 	 * If there *are* dirty vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs.
8165 	 */
8166 	for (;;) {
8167 		/*
8168 		 * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc.
8169 		 * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels.
8170 		 */
8171 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
8172 
8173 		if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) {
8174 			vdev_t *svd[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS] = { NULL };
8175 			int svdcount = 0;
8176 			int children = rvd->vdev_children;
8177 			int c0 = spa_get_random(children);
8178 
8179 			for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
8180 				vd = rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children];
8181 
8182 				/* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
8183 				if (c > 0 && svd[0] == vd)
8184 					break;
8185 
8186 				if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 || vd->vdev_islog ||
8187 				    !vdev_is_concrete(vd))
8188 					continue;
8189 
8190 				svd[svdcount++] = vd;
8191 				if (svdcount == SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS)
8192 					break;
8193 			}
8194 			error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, txg);
8195 		} else {
8196 			error = vdev_config_sync(rvd->vdev_child,
8197 			    rvd->vdev_children, txg);
8198 		}
8199 
8200 		if (error == 0)
8201 			spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid;
8202 
8203 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
8204 
8205 		if (error == 0)
8206 			break;
8207 		zio_suspend(spa, NULL);
8208 		zio_resume_wait(spa);
8209 	}
8210 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
8211 
8212 #ifdef illumos
8213 	VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid, CY_INFINITY));
8214 #else	/* !illumos */
8215 #ifdef _KERNEL
8216 	callout_drain(&spa->spa_deadman_cycid);
8217 #endif
8218 #endif	/* illumos */
8219 
8220 	/*
8221 	 * Clear the dirty config list.
8222 	 */
8223 	while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) != NULL)
8224 		vdev_config_clean(vd);
8225 
8226 	/*
8227 	 * Now that the new config has synced transactionally,
8228 	 * let it become visible to the config cache.
8229 	 */
8230 	if (spa->spa_config_syncing != NULL) {
8231 		spa_config_set(spa, spa->spa_config_syncing);
8232 		spa->spa_config_txg = txg;
8233 		spa->spa_config_syncing = NULL;
8234 	}
8235 
8236 	dsl_pool_sync_done(dp, txg);
8237 
8238 	for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
8239 		mutex_enter(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]);
8240 		VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_alloc_trees[i]));
8241 		mutex_exit(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]);
8242 	}
8243 
8244 	/*
8245 	 * Update usable space statistics.
8246 	 */
8247 	while ((vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, TXG_CLEAN(txg)))
8248 	    != NULL)
8249 		vdev_sync_done(vd, txg);
8250 
8251 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
8252 
8253 	/*
8254 	 * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything
8255 	 * since vdev_config_sync().
8256 	 */
8257 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets, txg));
8258 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
8259 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg));
8260 
8261 	while (zfs_pause_spa_sync)
8262 		delay(1);
8263 
8264 	spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
8265 
8266 	/*
8267 	 * Update the last synced uberblock here. We want to do this at
8268 	 * the end of spa_sync() so that consumers of spa_last_synced_txg()
8269 	 * will be guaranteed that all the processing associated with
8270 	 * that txg has been completed.
8271 	 */
8272 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
8273 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
8274 
8275 	spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa);
8276 
8277 	/*
8278 	 * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off.
8279 	 */
8280 	spa_async_dispatch(spa);
8281 	spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa);
8282 }
8283 
8284 /*
8285  * Sync all pools.  We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these
8286  * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the
8287  * sync.
8288  */
8289 void
8290 spa_sync_allpools(void)
8291 {
8292 	spa_t *spa = NULL;
8293 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8294 	while ((spa = spa_next(spa)) != NULL) {
8295 		if (spa_state(spa) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
8296 		    !spa_writeable(spa) || spa_suspended(spa))
8297 			continue;
8298 		spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
8299 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8300 		txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
8301 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8302 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
8303 	}
8304 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8305 }
8306 
8307 /*
8308  * ==========================================================================
8309  * Miscellaneous routines
8310  * ==========================================================================
8311  */
8312 
8313 /*
8314  * Remove all pools in the system.
8315  */
8316 void
8317 spa_evict_all(void)
8318 {
8319 	spa_t *spa;
8320 
8321 	/*
8322 	 * Remove all cached state.  All pools should be closed now,
8323 	 * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced.
8324 	 */
8325 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8326 	while ((spa = spa_next(NULL)) != NULL) {
8327 		/*
8328 		 * Stop async tasks.  The async thread may need to detach
8329 		 * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing
8330 		 * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here.
8331 		 */
8332 		spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
8333 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8334 		spa_async_suspend(spa);
8335 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8336 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
8337 
8338 		if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
8339 			spa_unload(spa);
8340 			spa_deactivate(spa);
8341 		}
8342 		spa_remove(spa);
8343 	}
8344 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8345 }
8346 
8347 vdev_t *
8348 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, boolean_t aux)
8349 {
8350 	vdev_t *vd;
8351 	int i;
8352 
8353 	if ((vd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa->spa_root_vdev, guid)) != NULL)
8354 		return (vd);
8355 
8356 	if (aux) {
8357 		for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
8358 			vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i];
8359 			if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
8360 				return (vd);
8361 		}
8362 
8363 		for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
8364 			vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
8365 			if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
8366 				return (vd);
8367 		}
8368 	}
8369 
8370 	return (NULL);
8371 }
8372 
8373 void
8374 spa_upgrade(spa_t *spa, uint64_t version)
8375 {
8376 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
8377 
8378 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
8379 
8380 	/*
8381 	 * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a
8382 	 * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be
8383 	 * possible.
8384 	 */
8385 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version));
8386 	ASSERT3U(version, >=, spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
8387 
8388 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
8389 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
8390 
8391 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
8392 
8393 	txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
8394 }
8395 
8396 boolean_t
8397 spa_has_spare(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid)
8398 {
8399 	int i;
8400 	uint64_t spareguid;
8401 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
8402 
8403 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
8404 		if (sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid == guid)
8405 			return (B_TRUE);
8406 
8407 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_npending; i++) {
8408 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav->sav_pending[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
8409 		    &spareguid) == 0 && spareguid == guid)
8410 			return (B_TRUE);
8411 	}
8412 
8413 	return (B_FALSE);
8414 }
8415 
8416 /*
8417  * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device.
8418  * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace
8419  */
8420 static boolean_t
8421 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa)
8422 {
8423 	int i, refcnt;
8424 	uint64_t pool;
8425 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
8426 
8427 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
8428 		if (spa_spare_exists(sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid, &pool,
8429 		    &refcnt) && pool != 0ULL && pool == spa_guid(spa) &&
8430 		    refcnt > 2)
8431 			return (B_TRUE);
8432 	}
8433 
8434 	return (B_FALSE);
8435 }
8436 
8437 sysevent_t *
8438 spa_event_create(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, nvlist_t *hist_nvl, const char *name)
8439 {
8440 	sysevent_t		*ev = NULL;
8441 #ifdef _KERNEL
8442 	sysevent_attr_list_t	*attr = NULL;
8443 	sysevent_value_t	value;
8444 
8445 	ev = sysevent_alloc(EC_ZFS, (char *)name, SUNW_KERN_PUB "zfs",
8446 	    SE_SLEEP);
8447 	ASSERT(ev != NULL);
8448 
8449 	value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING;
8450 	value.value.sv_string = spa_name(spa);
8451 	if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_NAME, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
8452 		goto done;
8453 
8454 	value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64;
8455 	value.value.sv_uint64 = spa_guid(spa);
8456 	if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_GUID, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
8457 		goto done;
8458 
8459 	if (vd) {
8460 		value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64;
8461 		value.value.sv_uint64 = vd->vdev_guid;
8462 		if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_GUID, &value,
8463 		    SE_SLEEP) != 0)
8464 			goto done;
8465 
8466 		if (vd->vdev_path) {
8467 			value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING;
8468 			value.value.sv_string = vd->vdev_path;
8469 			if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_PATH,
8470 			    &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
8471 				goto done;
8472 		}
8473 	}
8474 
8475 	if (hist_nvl != NULL) {
8476 		fnvlist_merge((nvlist_t *)attr, hist_nvl);
8477 	}
8478 
8479 	if (sysevent_attach_attributes(ev, attr) != 0)
8480 		goto done;
8481 	attr = NULL;
8482 
8483 done:
8484 	if (attr)
8485 		sysevent_free_attr(attr);
8486 
8487 #endif
8488 	return (ev);
8489 }
8490 
8491 void
8492 spa_event_post(sysevent_t *ev)
8493 {
8494 #ifdef _KERNEL
8495 	sysevent_id_t		eid;
8496 
8497 	(void) log_sysevent(ev, SE_SLEEP, &eid);
8498 	sysevent_free(ev);
8499 #endif
8500 }
8501 
8502 void
8503 spa_event_discard(sysevent_t *ev)
8504 {
8505 #ifdef _KERNEL
8506 	sysevent_free(ev);
8507 #endif
8508 }
8509 
8510 /*
8511  * Post a sysevent corresponding to the given event.  The 'name' must be one of
8512  * the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h.  The payload will be
8513  * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev and history nvl.  This
8514  * doesn't do anything in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to
8515  * misinterpret ztest or zdb as real changes.
8516  */
8517 void
8518 spa_event_notify(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, nvlist_t *hist_nvl, const char *name)
8519 {
8520 	spa_event_post(spa_event_create(spa, vd, hist_nvl, name));
8521 }
8522